RE: [Futurework] FW: Mike Davis: The Perfect Fire

2003-11-04 Thread Michael Gurstein
Title: Message



I 
think Mike Davis' general point though is that whether or not there is a 
specific human agent involved, the pre-conditions for these kinds of disasters 
are in place waiting for some sort of spark--a bolt of lightning, a frayed 
electrical wire, a piece of glass in the wrong place, an inattentive driver with 
a cigarette or an idiot on a motorcycle with a gas can and a lighter... In the 
end the specific agent doesn't matter it's the pre-conditions that have to be 
dealt with... hmmm remind anyone of anything...

MG

  
  -Original Message-From: Keith Hudson 
  [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED] Sent: Tuesday, November 04, 2003 
  2:05 AMTo: Michael GursteinCc: 
  [EMAIL PROTECTED]Subject: Re: [Futurework] FW: Mike 
  Davis: The Perfect FireMike,Mike 
  Davis is being disingenuous. Where he writes:Now the 
  San Bernardinos are an inferno, along with tens of thousandacres of 
  chaparral-covered hillsides in neighboring counties. As alwaysduring 
  Halloween fire seasons, there is hysteria about arson. Invisiblehands may 
  have purposely ignited several of the current firestorms.Indeed, in Santa 
  Ana weather like this, one maniac on a motorcycle witha cigarette lighter 
  can burn down half the world.It is not being 
  hysterical to point out that it is now the case that whenever a fire is 
  reported in tinder-dry forests near habitations, then several more separate 
  ones will occur in the next day or two. This has now happened in Sydney (twice 
  in the last seven years), France, Spain, England -- and now California. The 
  word "may" should have been deleted from the above paragraph. This is now a 
  permanent feature of an over-stressed society.Keith HudsonAt 
  20:55 03/11/2003 -0500, you wrote:
  -Original 
Message-From: [EMAIL PROTECTED][mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]] On Behalf Of 
gary satanovskySent: Monday, October 27, 2003 3:47 PMTo: Triumph of 
Content ListSubject: Mike Davis: The Perfect FireThe Perfect 
FireBy Mike Davis Sunday morning in San Diego. The sun is an 
eerie orange orb, like theeye of a hideous jack-o-lantern. The fire on 
the flank of Otay Mountain,which straddles the Mexican border, generates 
a huge whitish-greymushroom plume. It is a rather sublime sight, like 
Vesuvius in eruption.Meanwhile the black sky rains ash from incinerated 
national forests anddream homes. It may be the fire of the 
century in Southern California. By brunch onSunday eight separate fires 
were raging out of control, and the twolargest had merged into a single 
forty-mile-long red wall. Themegalopolis's emergency resources have been 
stretched to the breakingpoint and California's National Guard 
reinforcements are 10,000 milesaway in Iraq. Panic is creeping into the 
on-the-spot television reportsfrom scores of chaotic fire scenes. 
Fourteen deaths have already been reported in San Bernardino and 
SanDiego counties, and nearly 1000 homes have been destroyed. More 
than100,000 suburbanites have been evacuated, triple as many as during 
thegreat Arizona fire of 2002 or the Canberra (Australia) holocaust 
lastJanuary. Tens of thousands of others have their cars packed with 
familypets and mementos. We're all waiting to flee. There is no 
containment,and infernal fire weather is predicted to last through 
Tuesday. It is, of course, the right time of the year for the end of 
the world. Just before Halloween, the pressure differential between 
the ColoradoPlateau and Southern California begins to generate the 
infamous SantaAna winds. A spark in their path becomes a blowtorch. 
Exactly a decade ago, between Oct. 26 and Nov. 7, firestorms fanned 
bySanta Anas destroyed more than a thousand homes in Pasadena, Malibu, 
andLaguna Beach. In the last century, nearly half the great 
SouthernCalifornia fires have occurred in October. This time 
climate, ecology, and stupid urbanization have conspired tocreate the 
ingredients for one of the most perfect firestorms inhistory. Experts 
have seen it coming for months. First of all, there is an 
extraordinary supply of perfectly cured,tinder-dry fuel. The weather 
year, 2001-02, was the driest in thehistory of Southern California. Here 
in San Diego we had only 3 inchesof rain. (The average is about 11 
inches). Then last winter it rainedjust hard enough to sprout dense 
thickets of new underbrush (a.k.a. firestarter), all of which have now 
been desiccated for months. Meanwhile in the local mountains, an 
epic drought, which may be an_expression_ of global warming, opened the 
way to a bark beetleinfestation which has already killed or is killing 
90% of SouthernCalifornia's pine forests. Last month, scientists grimly 
told members ofCongress at a special hearing at Lake Arrowhead that "it 
is too late tosave the San Bernardino National Forest." Arrowhead and 

[Futurework] FW: Mike Davis: The Perfect Fire

2003-11-03 Thread Michael Gurstein


-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED] On Behalf Of gary satanovsky
Sent: Monday, October 27, 2003 3:47 PM
To: Triumph of Content List
Subject: Mike Davis: The Perfect Fire


The Perfect Fire
By Mike Davis 

Sunday morning in San Diego. The sun is an eerie orange orb, like the
eye of a hideous jack-o-lantern. The fire on the flank of Otay Mountain,
which straddles the Mexican border, generates a huge whitish-grey
mushroom plume. It is a rather sublime sight, like Vesuvius in eruption.
Meanwhile the black sky rains ash from incinerated national forests and
dream homes. 

It may be the fire of the century in Southern California. By brunch on
Sunday eight separate fires were raging out of control, and the two
largest had merged into a single forty-mile-long red wall. The
megalopolis's emergency resources have been stretched to the breaking
point and California's National Guard reinforcements are 10,000 miles
away in Iraq. Panic is creeping into the on-the-spot television reports
from scores of chaotic fire scenes. 

Fourteen deaths have already been reported in San Bernardino and San
Diego counties, and nearly 1000 homes have been destroyed. More than
100,000 suburbanites have been evacuated, triple as many as during the
great Arizona fire of 2002 or the Canberra (Australia) holocaust last
January. Tens of thousands of others have their cars packed with family
pets and mementos. We're all waiting to flee. There is no containment,
and infernal fire weather is predicted to last through Tuesday. 

It is, of course, the right time of the year for the end of the world. 

Just before Halloween, the pressure differential between the Colorado
Plateau and Southern California begins to generate the infamous Santa
Ana winds. A spark in their path becomes a blowtorch. 

Exactly a decade ago, between Oct. 26 and Nov. 7, firestorms fanned by
Santa Anas destroyed more than a thousand homes in Pasadena, Malibu, and
Laguna Beach. In the last century, nearly half the great Southern
California fires have occurred in October. 

This time climate, ecology, and stupid urbanization have conspired to
create the ingredients for one of the most perfect firestorms in
history. Experts have seen it coming for months. 

First of all, there is an extraordinary supply of perfectly cured,
tinder-dry fuel. The weather year, 2001-02, was the driest in the
history of Southern California. Here in San Diego we had only 3 inches
of rain. (The average is about 11 inches). Then last winter it rained
just hard enough to sprout dense thickets of new underbrush (a.k.a. fire
starter), all of which have now been desiccated for months. 

Meanwhile in the local mountains, an epic drought, which may be an
expression of global warming, opened the way to a bark beetle
infestation which has already killed or is killing 90% of Southern
California's pine forests. Last month, scientists grimly told members of
Congress at a special hearing at Lake Arrowhead that it is too late to
save the San Bernardino National Forest. Arrowhead and other famous
mountain resorts, they predicted, would soon look like any treeless
suburb of Los Angeles. 

These dead forests represent an almost apocalyptic hazard to more than
100,000 mountain and foothill residents, many of whom depend on a
single, narrow road for their fire escape. Earlier this year, San
Bernardino county officials, despairing of the ability to evacuate all
their mountain hamlets by highway, proposed a bizarre last-ditch plan to
huddle residents on boats in the middle of Arrowhead and Big Bear lakes.


Now the San Bernardinos are an inferno, along with tens of thousand
acres of chaparral-covered hillsides in neighboring counties. As always
during Halloween fire seasons, there is hysteria about arson. Invisible
hands may have purposely ignited several of the current firestorms.
Indeed, in Santa Ana weather like this, one maniac on a motorcycle with
a cigarette lighter can burn down half the world. 

This is a specter against which grand inquisitors and wars against
terrorism are powerless to protect us. Moreover, many fire scientists
dismiss ignition -- whether natural, accidental, or deliberate -- as a
relatively trivial factor in their equations. They study wildfire as an
inevitable result of the accumulation of fuel mass. Given fuel, fire
happens. 

The best preventive measure, of course, is to return to the
native-Californian practice of regular, small-scale burning of old brush
and chaparral. This is now textbook policy, but the suburbanization of
the fire terrain makes it almost impossible to implement it on any
adequate scale. Homeowners despise the temporary pollution of
controlled burns and local officials fear the legal consequences of
escaped fires. 

As a result, huge plantations of old, highly flammable brush accumulate
along the peripheries and in the interstices of new, sprawled-out
suburbs. Since the devastating 1993 fires, tens of thousands of new
homes have 

[Futurework] FW: [prep-l] adbuster looking for support

2003-10-06 Thread Michael Gurstein


-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED] [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]
On Behalf Of Soenke Zehle
Sent: Monday, September 01, 2003 3:09 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: [prep-l] adbuster looking for support


[via CRIS]

To coincide with the UN's upcoming World Summit on the Information
Society, Adbusters is setting in motion an ambitious new campaign.
Although time is short, we're hoping D.C. Indy Media would be interested
in getting involved or simply endorsing the efforts. Please, have a read
through the (short) overview attached and let us know what you think. To
be clear, it's not financing or a huge time commitment we're looking
for, only your support, partnership and solidarity.

Thanks for your time.

Hope to speak with you soon,

Background

The UN's World Summit on the Information Society to begin later this
year in Geneva, Switzerland, promises ? among other things ? to address
the issue of media democracy. Its greater mission is to develop a
'vision of the future'

in which all have fair and equal access to society's communication
networks. Adbusters applauds these sentiments but fears delegates will
not go far enough to reverse the current order; particularly, in the
areas of media concentration and corporate control over the
communication spectrum.

So, we're aiming to shake things up. Exposing how serious these issues
have

become is the purpose of our latest campaign, Testing Media Carta. Of
course, we'll be bringing results to the summit, personally.

The Details

It begins with an attempt to purchase airtime from major television
networks around the world ? in American, Canada, UK, Germany, Japan,
Italy, France, South Africa and Australia. The goal: to have our 30
second 'advocacy' spots (un-commercials as they are often called) played
during standard advertising-breaks. During the evening news,
video-shows, and sitcoms, alongside the slick marketing of
multinationals, we're aiming to broadcast the need for major social
change.

It's unlikely all of the spots will be aired. In fact, it's a safe bet
that

most will be rejected outright. Networks and/or national regulators have
in

the past routinely refused to sell us airtime, citing our
'controversial' or 'issue oriented' content as justification.

It's contrary to free-speech. It's also the norm, because we've given
unaccountable institutions control of our communication networks. This
campaign is about media democracy: the right of every human being to
communicate in any medium, to seek, receive and impart information,
regardless of frontiers.

Where Do You Fit In?

The spots are hard hitting and address a wide range of issues from
corporate power to consumer culture, to environmental sustainability to
the WTO. They

are messages meant to challenge our current, destructive course and
stimulate debate about alternative futures.

If D.C. Indy Media is interested in having its name/logo appear at the
end of any of the television spots ? as a supporter/partner/etc.. ? we
would be

pleased to included it. You will soon be able to preview the spots
online; we expect to have them posted by the end of the week. Quicktime
and RealPlayer format will be available.
--
http://demandmedia.net/
Collaborative Video Blog ___
prep-l mailing list
[EMAIL PROTECTED] http://lists.emdash.org/mailman/listinfo/prep-l


___
Futurework mailing list
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
http://scribe.uwaterloo.ca/mailman/listinfo/futurework


[Futurework] RE: Misleader.org: Tracking Bush's False Statements

2003-10-06 Thread Michael Gurstein
Title: Message





  A 
  public service announcement.
  
  M
  
  -Original Message-From: Eli Pariser, 
  MoveOn.org [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED] Sent: Monday, 
  September 15, 2003 8:01 PMTo: Curtiss PriestSubject: 
  Misleader.org: Tracking Bush's False Statements
  


  

  
  
Misleader.org: 
  Sign up for a short daily email chronicling the President's untrue 
  statements at by clicking 
  here. 
  

   
  
View the New York 
  Times ad launching Misleader.org 
Dear MoveOn member, 

  The President says things that are misleading or just plain wrong every 
  day, but most of these statements are never challenged. That's why we're 
  launching Misleader.org, a new website and free daily email service for 
  journalists and the general public to track George Bush's false statements. 
  You can sign up right now at:http://www.misleader.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED] 

  The daily dispatches will take a "Just the Facts, Ma'am" approach -- no 
  rhetoric, just a couple of paragraphs we'll email each morning on what the 
  President said and why it was misleading or untrue. It's our hope that by 
  doing some of the research for the press corps, we can ensure better coverage 
  of President Bush's lies. If you know someone who could use this kind of 
  information, please point him or her to the site. 
  To launch the site, we've taken out a full page ad in the New York Times 
  titled "Mis-State of the Union." The ad reveals how the President mislead the 
  nation in his State of the Union speech -- not just on Iraq, but on the 
  economy, the environment, and other important issues. You can check the ad out 
  at:http://www.misleader.org/pdf/nyt_ad.pdf 

  Here are a few juicy tidbits from our New York Times ad: 
  ON TAX CUTS:George Bush: "The tax relief is for everyone 
  who pays income taxes...Americans will keep, this year, an average of almost 
  $1,000 more of their own money."The Truth: Nearly half of all 
  taxpayers get less than $100. And 31% of all taxpayers get nothing at all. 
  ON JOBS:George Bush: "Our first goal is...an economy that 
  grows fast enough to employ every man and woman who seeks a job."The 
  Truth: Bush is the first President since Hoover to preside over an economy 
  that has lost jobs, not created them - more than 2.9 million since 2001. 
  ON THE ENVIRONMENT:George Bush: "[My] Clear Skies 
  legislation...mandates a 70% cut in air pollution from power plants over the 
  next 15 years."The Truth: The Bush plan will allow more than 
  100,000 additional premature deaths by 2020 than alternative legislation 
  developed by the Environmental Protection Agency. The plan does not regulate 
  carbon emissions and allows far more sulfur and mercury emissions. 
  ON EDUCATION:George Bush: "[W]e achieved historic 
  education reform - which must now be carried out in every school and in every 
  classroom."The Truth: Bush cut $8 billion from the promised funds 
  for education. 
  If you'd like to receive a daily email with content like this, you can sign 
  up right now at:http://www.misleader.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED] 

  When Bush was running for President, he said, "I believe everyone should be 
  held responsible for their own personal behavior." We agree. The President has 
  repeatedly mislead the country. Now it's time for Americans and the press to 
  hold him responsible. 
  Sincerely,--Carrie, Eli, Joan, Noah, Peter, Wes, and 
  ZackThe MoveOn TeamSeptember 15th, 2003 
  Subscription ManagementThis is a message from MoveOn.org. To 
  remove yourself (Curtiss Priest) from this list, please visit our subscription 
  management page at:http://moveon.org/s?i=1668-3263028-9Q72ytJtoxsF9czgfzc2hQ 
  


RE: [Futurework] EPA Watchdog Rips White House on NYC Air

2003-08-23 Thread Michael Gurstein

Probably not, we were about a mile and a half from ground 0 and we got
the bad air only on those days/nights when the wind was blowing North
East but there were nights when we had to close the windows because the
air was so bad! And all the time we were getting reassurances in the
press and on television that the air had been tested and retested and
was fine...

But of course we had friends living in the area and what about the
thousands on thousands who were involved in cleaning the site and
volunteering to help those who were doing the clean-up

M

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED] On Behalf Of Ray Evans
Harrell
Sent: Friday, August 22, 2003 9:41 PM
To: Michael Gurstein; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Re: [Futurework] EPA Watchdog Rips White House on NYC Air


Mike, 

Did this effect you?

Ray 


- Original Message - 
From: Michael Gurstein [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Saturday, August 23, 2003 12:46 AM
Subject: [Futurework] EPA Watchdog Rips White House on NYC Air


 
 A lot of people are going to feel very very betrayed.
 
 MG
 
 
 
 EPA Watchdog Rips White House on NYC Air
 
 2 hours, 37 minutes ago  Add U.S. Government - AP to My Yahoo!
  
 
 By JOHN HEILPRIN, Associated Press Writer
 
 WASHINGTON - At the White House's direction, the Environmental
 Protection Agency (news - web sites) gave New Yorkers misleading 
 assurances that there was no health risk from the debris-laden air 
 after the World Trade Center collapse, according to an internal 
 inquiry.
 

 
 President Bush (news - web sites)'s senior environmental adviser on
 Friday defended the White House involvement, saying it was justified 
 by national security.
 
 
 The White House convinced EPA to add reassuring statements and delete
 cautionary ones by having the National Security Council control EPA 
 communications in the wake of the Sept. 11 terror attacks, according 
 to a report issued late Thursday by EPA Inspector General Nikki L. 
 Tinsley.
 
 
 
 When EPA made a Sept. 18 announcement that the air was 'safe' to
 breathe, the agency did not have sufficient data and analyses to make 
 the statement, the report says, adding that the EPA had yet to 
 adequately monitor air quality for contaminants such as PCBs, soot and

 dioxin.
 
 
 In all, the EPA issued five press releases within 10 days of the
 attacks and four more by the end of 2001 reassuring the public about 
 air quality. But it wasn't until June 2002 that the EPA determined 
 that air quality had returned to pre-Sept. 11 levels - well after 
 respiratory ailments and other problems began to surface in hundreds 
 of workers cleaning dusty offices and apartments.
 
 
 The day after the attacks, former EPA Deputy Administrator Linda
 Fisher's chief of staff e-mailed senior EPA officials to say that all

 statements to the media should be cleared first by the National 
 Security Council, which is Bush's main forum for discussing national 
 security and foreign policy matters with his senior aides and Cabinet,

 the inspector general's report says.
 
 
 Approval from the NSC, the report says, was arranged through the White
 House Council on Environmental Quality, which influenced, through the

 collaboration process, the information that EPA communicated to the 
 public through its early press releases when it convinced EPA to add 
 reassuring statements and delete cautionary ones.
 
 
 For example, the inspector general found, EPA was convinced to omit
 guidance for cleaning indoor spaces and tips on potential health 
 effects from airborne dust containing asbestos, lead, glass fibers and

 concrete.
 
 
 
 James Connaughton, chairman of the environmental council, which
 coordinates federal environmental efforts, said the White House 
 directed the EPA to add and delete information based on how it should 
 be released publicly. He said the EPA did an incredible job with the

 World Trade Center cleanup.
 
 
 The White House was involved in making sure that we were getting the
 most accurate information that was real, on a wide range of 
 activities. That included the NSC - this was a major terrorist 
 incident, Connaughton said.
 
 
 In the back and forth during that very intense period of time, he
 added, we were making decisions about where the information should be

 released, what the best way to communicate the information was, so 
 that people could respond responsibly and so that people had a good 
 relative sense of potential risk.
 
 
 Andy Darrell, New York regional director of Environmental Defense, an
 advocacy group, said the report is indicative of a pattern of White 
 House interference in EPA affairs. For EPA to do its job well, it 
 needs to be allowed to make decisions based on the science and the 
 facts, he said.
 
 
 Marianne L. Horinko, EPA's acting administrator, said the White
 House's role was mainly to help the EPA sift through an enormous 
 amount of information.
 
 
 We put out

RE: [Futurework] Responding to a Very Real Security Threat

2003-08-22 Thread Michael Gurstein
Hi Bill,

No, I think we collectively are in the process of putting a lot more
than that at risk (and much much more quickly)... (See below). The virus
also closed down Air Canada (the reservation system and thus most of the
flight network as well as banks, government departments, the local in
(BC Canada) telephone company and others too numerous (and embarrassed)
to mention...

Evidently, the technology infrastructure of the world is coming to rely
on the kindness (and competence and diligence) of a very large multitude
of all too human, strangers... 

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED] On Behalf Of William B
Ward
Sent: Friday, August 22, 2003 5:53 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Re: [Futurework] Responding to a Very Real Security Threat


Michael,

Not at all.

I use only Microsoft platforms and always disable Microsoft Outlook and
the Microsoft address book although I realize that this does not solve
all problems. 

The problem is very similar to that of wiping out our biodiversity.

We are losing our ability to mutate.

Bill

-

Date: Thu, 21 Aug 2003 17:30:16 -0400
From: Richard Jay Solomon [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Fwd: (Microsoft) Computer virus shuts down CSXT rail system 
part of 
Amtrak
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
X-Spam-Status: No,
  hits=2.7 required=7.5 tests=DOUBLE_CAPSWORD,MSG_ID_ADDED_BY_MTA_2 
 version=2.31
X-Spam-Level: **
X-Spam-Filtered-At: eList eXpress http://www.elistx.com/


Computer Virus Blamed in Temporary Shutdown of CSX Rail System
Source: Richmond Times-Dispatch
Publication date: 2003-08-21
Arrival time: 2003-08-20

Aug. 21--A computer virus was blamed for an early-morning shutdown of 
CSX Corp.'s 23,000-mile-long rail system yesterday.

The emergency measure, which caused long delays for rail travelers, 
drew the attention of federal rail and security authorities.

The virus damaged telecommunications systems that transmit data to 
CSX's signals, forcing the nation's third-largest railroad to grind to

a halt about 1:15 a.m.

Amtrak immediately halted 10 trains, including some heading to 
Richmond. Virginia Railway Express trains also were canceled in the 
morning.

Passenger service was restored after about five hours, but was still 
running behind schedule late yesterday.

CSX spokesman David Hall said the railroad was consulting with a 
number of federal agencies, including the Department of Homeland 
Security, seeking their counsel and advice.

No train mishaps were reported on the CSX system, which stretches from

Florida to Canada.

Homeland Security spokesman Brian Roehrkasse said, We are working 
with CSX to address any vulnerabilities they may have to the recent 
Internet worm.

CSX's computer specialists managed to erect a firewall to protect 
train dispatching and signal systems. Normal operations were expected 
today.

The virus has been contained, and we're in the process of doing a 
thorough inspection of every device that could possibly harbor the 
virus, Hall said. But some intermittent slowdowns in CSX's 
information technology system remained.

CSX officials blamed a strain of the Blaster worm for the woes.

Asked whether the latest difficulties reveal a vulnerability to 
computer hackers, CSX spokesman Bob Sullivan said, We're confronting 
the same thing that a number of major companies are confronting.

CSX is the only major freight carrier to report virus-related 
operating problems, according to Warren Flatau, spokesman for the 
Federal Railroad Administration.

Flatau, whose agency oversees rail safety, said it was satisfied with 
the rail company's response to its computer problems based on the 
information we have received to date. The agency intends to follow up

with CSX to determine if additional safeguards are necessary.

The shutdown left many morning commuters stuck at Virginia Railway 
Express stations in Fredericksburg and Manassas.

Amtrak spokesman Dan Stessel said 10 trains were halted as far south 
as Florence, S.C., and north to Pittsburgh.

An inbound train from Washington arrived in Richmond more than eight 
hours late, according to Amtrak district manager Michael Jerew.

It's terrible, terrible, he said in his office at Staples Mill 
Station. Most people were so tired they wanted to get off the train 
and go home.

Those passengers probably are entitled to travel vouchers for the 
value of their tickets, Jerew said.

After arriving fours hours late, Ronald Cromedy, of Charleston, S.C., 
said he was supposed to catch a connecting train to Newport News. 
Instead, the warehouse manager called for a company car.

If I get on a train, I might never get through, he said.

CSX did not notify the VRE about its problems until shortly before 
passengers arrived for 5 a.m. trains, according to commuter rail 
spokesman Mark Roeber.

He wondered why the railroad took so long to notify the regional rail 
service. CSX's Sullivan replied that the railroad had 

[Futurework] FW: In Frayed Networks, Common Threads By SETH SCHIESEL

2003-08-22 Thread Michael Gurstein
Title: Message



An 
interesting take on the issue of "Network Vulnerabilities" 


(and 
thanks Ray... I've been around but just "monitoning" until something interesting 
passed me by...)

MG

-Original Message-From: Paul Nielson 
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED] Sent: Friday, August 22, 2003 8:43 
AMTo: Michael GursteinSubject: In Frayed Networks, Common 
Threads By SETH SCHIESEL

New York Times August 21, 2003

  
  

WHEN the United States entered World War I in 1917, its railroad system had 
just undergone three decades of torrid expansion after the adoption of a 
standard track width. While the expansion was unquestionably a boon, it also 
created the potential for new logistical problems. 
"All of a sudden there was a demand to rush all of this war matériel and 
troops to the East Coast and there was a complete meltdown of the system,'' said 
Bill Withuhn, transportation curator at the Smithsonian Institution in 
Washington. "All of the ports on the East Coast were totally clogged up because 
they could not get the railroad cars unloaded. There is a famous story of one 
troop train that sat on a siding in Ohio for four days because the system was 
overloaded. The effect of this was colossal, and the parallel is immediate and 
is an exact duplicate in some ways to the blackout." 
Like the World War I railroad meltdown, last week's blackout was vast 
precisely because of the interconnectedness that the network was meant to 
exploit and foster.
The 1917 crisis, which prompted the federal government essentially to take 
over the railroad system, found another digital echo last week in the unleashing 
of the malicious Internet worm known as MSBlast. While most computer viruses and 
worms have required users to click on an infected file, the MSBlast program was 
perhaps the first to come to widespread attention that could infect computers 
without users' doing anything at all. In a way impossible on more primitive 
networks and computers, MSBlast exploited the most modern systems to create 
chaos.
Taken together, the blackout and the worm underscore a far-reaching challenge 
in managing modern technological societies: the difficulty of reaping the 
benefits of networks - railroad networks, airline networks, telephone networks, 
power networks and computer networks, among others - while minimizing their 
vulnerabilities.
"All of these events demonstrate that network effects, which are generally 
good in most situations, can go the other way,'' said Bruce Schneier, chief 
technical officer at Counterpane Internet Security in Cupertino, Calif., and 
author of "Beyond Fear: Thinking Sensibly About Security in an Uncertain World'' 
(Copernicus Books, 2003). "Networks are meant to connect disparate systems, but 
as they become larger, now you can have power outages that affect half the 
country, Internet outages, and broader sorts of problems.''
As Darryl Jenkins, director of the Aviation Institute, a unit of George 
Washington University, puts it: "The plus of a network is that everything is 
connected. The minus of a network is that everything is connected.''
The airline industry has discovered just that. Before passage of the Airline 
Deregulation Act of 1978, the government generally controlled route assignments 
and the carriers' resulting schedules. With deregulation, many airlines 
consolidated operations geographically and adopted hub-and-spoke route systems 
in which travelers often pass through a carrier's hub airport to board a 
connecting flight. 
Deregulation and the increasing prevalence of hub-and-spoke systems are often 
credited for their efficiency, and even for extending the airline network 
itself. The costs of that network expansion, however, are evident to almost 
anyone who flies: the risk of huge delays. "The whole advantage of a network is 
that you can now go to anywhere in the world with one or two connections,'' Mr. 
Jenkins said. "The problem is that any time you have a glitch anywhere in the 
network it effects the entire system. If there is a thunderstorm in Chicago, all 
the flights in New York are held up.''
"You now don't have any small delays,'' he added. "You either have no delays 
or you have massive delays.'' Part of the reason, he said, is that until 
recently airlines tried to schedule their flights for profitability without due 
regard for the physical limitations of airports. "The Airline Deregulation Act 
didn't talk about constraints," he said. "It talked about freedoms.''
By the summer of 2000, Mr. Jenkins said, the extent of the delays had become 
intolerable, and the difficulties prompted airlines to consult more often with 
the agencies that run airports. "It's only in the last couple of years that the 
government that runs the infrastructure and the airlines are actually working 
together,'' he said. "You can make a very good network as long as you stay 
within the constraints, but before, everyone ignored the constraints, and that's 
where the problems 

[Futurework] EPA Watchdog Rips White House on NYC Air

2003-08-22 Thread Michael Gurstein

A lot of people are going to feel very very betrayed.

MG



EPA Watchdog Rips White House on NYC Air 

2 hours, 37 minutes ago  Add U.S. Government - AP to My Yahoo! 
 

By JOHN HEILPRIN, Associated Press Writer 

WASHINGTON - At the White House's direction, the Environmental
Protection Agency (news - web sites) gave New Yorkers misleading
assurances that there was no health risk from the debris-laden air after
the World Trade Center collapse, according to an internal inquiry. 

   

President Bush (news - web sites)'s senior environmental adviser on
Friday defended the White House involvement, saying it was justified by
national security. 


The White House convinced EPA to add reassuring statements and delete
cautionary ones by having the National Security Council control EPA
communications in the wake of the Sept. 11 terror attacks, according to
a report issued late Thursday by EPA Inspector General Nikki L. Tinsley.



When EPA made a Sept. 18 announcement that the air was 'safe' to
breathe, the agency did not have sufficient data and analyses to make
the statement, the report says, adding that the EPA had yet to
adequately monitor air quality for contaminants such as PCBs, soot and
dioxin. 


In all, the EPA issued five press releases within 10 days of the attacks
and four more by the end of 2001 reassuring the public about air
quality. But it wasn't until June 2002 that the EPA determined that air
quality had returned to pre-Sept. 11 levels - well after respiratory
ailments and other problems began to surface in hundreds of workers
cleaning dusty offices and apartments. 


The day after the attacks, former EPA Deputy Administrator Linda
Fisher's chief of staff e-mailed senior EPA officials to say that all
statements to the media should be cleared first by the National
Security Council, which is Bush's main forum for discussing national
security and foreign policy matters with his senior aides and Cabinet,
the inspector general's report says. 


Approval from the NSC, the report says, was arranged through the White
House Council on Environmental Quality, which influenced, through the
collaboration process, the information that EPA communicated to the
public through its early press releases when it convinced EPA to add
reassuring statements and delete cautionary ones. 


For example, the inspector general found, EPA was convinced to omit
guidance for cleaning indoor spaces and tips on potential health effects
from airborne dust containing asbestos, lead, glass fibers and concrete.



James Connaughton, chairman of the environmental council, which
coordinates federal environmental efforts, said the White House directed
the EPA to add and delete information based on how it should be released
publicly. He said the EPA did an incredible job with the World Trade
Center cleanup. 


The White House was involved in making sure that we were getting the
most accurate information that was real, on a wide range of activities.
That included the NSC - this was a major terrorist incident,
Connaughton said. 


In the back and forth during that very intense period of time, he
added, we were making decisions about where the information should be
released, what the best way to communicate the information was, so that
people could respond responsibly and so that people had a good relative
sense of potential risk. 


Andy Darrell, New York regional director of Environmental Defense, an
advocacy group, said the report is indicative of a pattern of White
House interference in EPA affairs. For EPA to do its job well, it needs
to be allowed to make decisions based on the science and the facts, he
said. 


Marianne L. Horinko, EPA's acting administrator, said the White House's
role was mainly to help the EPA sift through an enormous amount of
information. 


We put out the best information we had, based on just the best data
that we had available at the time, said Horinko, who headed the
agency's Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, which oversaw the
World Trade Center environmental monitoring and cleanup. 


And it was using our best professional judgment; it was not as a result
of pressure from the White House, she said. The White House's role was
basically to say, 'Look, we've got data coming in from everywhere. What
benchmarks are we going to use, how are we going to communicate this
data? We can't have this Tower of Babel on the data.' 


The EPA inspector general recommended that EPA adopt new procedures so
its public statements on health risks and environmental quality are
supported by data and analysis. Other recommendations include developing
better procedures for indoor air cleanups and asbestos handling in
large-scale disasters. 


___ 

   



On the Net: 


___
Futurework mailing list
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
http://scribe.uwaterloo.ca/mailman/listinfo/futurework


[Futurework] Shock Headline: PRODUCTIVITY PARADOX RESOLVED

2003-02-01 Thread Michael Gurstein
In case anyone is interested, the economists have now discovered what
everyone else in the world knew a very long time ago, IT/ICTs are truly
transforming our economies.

(aka THE PRODUCTIVITY PARADOX HAS BEEN RESOLVED)

--and at Harvard (where else)--if I recall right, they invented it, so of
course, they should get the prize(s) for resolving it, that's only fair...

http://cip.umd.edu/brynjolfsson.ppt and http://cip.umd.edu/jorgenson.ppt

M

___
Futurework mailing list
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
http://scribe.uwaterloo.ca/mailman/listinfo/futurework



Last One In Turning the Lights Out

2002-12-08 Thread Michael Gurstein

One of my MBA students is chief of operations at a partially 'lights out'
factory in New Jersey.  Evidently it works very well with some of the
hesitations and advantages indicated in the article below.  What I gathered
from him was that his company (making light fixtures) either had to move up
the technology curve or they would be very quickly out of business from
lower cost competitors coming from all directions, including Canada BTW.

What they did was to move their staff up the skill curve, getting them more
involved in design and quality management including retraining and hiring
more skilled staff and then betting the company on shifting production to a
'lights out' operation.  The strategy worked for a while, but most recently
they were finding that their low cost/low wage competitors were also
becoming technology/skill intensive to retain their competitive advantage;
and he was having to shift strategy again, this time towards very design
intensive special orders, almost craft production.

Mike Gurstein


WORKING WITHOUT WORKERS IN LIGHTS OUT FACTORIES
Vernon, Conn. -- IT'S THE STUFF of fairy tales: Every morning workers at a
plastics plant here owned by ABA-PGT arrive to find boxes filled with gears
that were made overnight as they slept.
Of course, elves have nothing to do with it. Fourteen giant
injection-molding machines worked in the dark, forming gears used in such
things as lawn sprinklers and computer printers, and dropping them into
boxes waiting on conveyor belts. Workers at the closely held company come
in, collect the finished parts and prepare them for delivery.
Something similar happens at closely held Evans Findings Co. in East
Providence, R.I., where metal-stamping machines that make parts, such as the
tiny cutting devices mounted on dental-floss containers, run without people
for one shift each day. There, the company's goal is do as much as possible
with no labor.
Faced with the need to raise productivity to survive, especially against
low-cost competitors, in such nations as China, more companies are pushing
toward so-called lights-out manufacturing. Once a science-fiction dream, the
phenomenon is emerging in plants and factories throughout the U.S. as
machines become more reliable in making flawless parts on their own. New
computer technologies also have broadened possibilities by linking plant
equipment to the Internet where supervisors can check operations at any time
and from any place; even do repairs from a distance.
Air Products  Chemicals Inc., an industrial-gas maker in Allentown, Pa.,
calls its lights-out system, unattended operation with remote access. The
company no longer needs full-time operators at its many small plants that
produce gases fed directly into larger, neighboring factories, such as steel
mills. Instead, the company's machines send a signal to alert operators
miles away when a motor overheats or a valve sticks. Safety systems
automatically shut the plant down if a problem poses imminent danger.
An operator working from home and assigned to monitor several plants
scattered in his region first will try to fix the problem from a computer at
home by sending signals through a telephone line to restart processes, just
as the operator would from inside the plant's control room. If that fails,
the operator then drives to the site to fix the problem.
We can leverage one individual over a large geography this way, says David
Fritz, general manager of North American product supply. Air Products' gas
plants never had large payrolls -- at most, a few people on each shift. But
in this industry, Mr. Fritz says, savings from operating with fewer people
are crucial to be competitive.
Many early efforts in the 1970s and 1980s to develop completely automated
factories were a bust. Samuel Pierson, ABA-PGT's president, first tried
building a lights-out operation in 1974 by partitioning off part of his
factory with two machines running unattended. But he soon decided the
technology wasn't ready. Machines couldn't continue for hours making parts
precise enough to sell.
Then in 1993, while attending a plastic-equipment show in Chicago, he saw a
new generation of injection molding machines capable of producing
consistently good parts. However, rather than create a lights-out section in
his existing operation, he built a separate factory entirely dedicated to
it. Mr. Pierson says he didn't want people fiddling with the machines.
People develop a lot of ways to keep things going, rather than fixing the
underlying problem that broke down the process to begin with, he says. It
is better to come in the next morning, find a broken down machine and figure
out the root cause.
Increasingly companies are adopting lights out with a gradual approach. For
instance, a portion of a plant may run unattended, with the rest of the
facility staffed. Or a factory may staff one shift, then run the next shift
with just machines. At Evans Findings, only machines have worked the second
shift from 3 

FW: [news] More cost-effective to purchase bandwidth rather than computers

2002-10-26 Thread Michael Gurstein

The future revisited...

M
-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED] [mailto:owner-news;canarie.ca]On Behalf Of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: October 10, 2002 9:22 AM
Subject: [news] More cost-effective to purchase bandwidth rather than
computers


For more information on this item please visit the CANARIE CA*net 3 Optical
Internet program web site at http://www.canet3.net/news/news.html
---

[Thanks to Dave Macneil for this pointer - BSA]

From ACM technews. originaly Computerworld


The No. 1 prediction made by ...[Gartner]... is that it will become more
cost-
effective to add new bandwidth rather than purchase new computers: The
annual
doubling of optical bandwidth capabilities will lead to more data service
centralization and more computing resource sharing between companies
following an
application service provider model.

IT Advances to Drive Lots of Job Cuts, Gartner Predicts

Computerworld Online (10/07/02); Hoffman, Thomas

Gartner released a top 10 list of IT forecasts at its Symposium/ITxpo 2002
conference on Monday, and among them was a prediction that continued
technology
advances will lead to millions of layoffs starting within the next two
years. Such
advances include IT systems that automate manual operations, a development
that will
substantially lower the labor load of business, according to Gartner
research
director Carl Claunch. The No. 1 prediction made by Claunch on behalf of his
company
is that it will become more cost-effective to add new bandwidth rather than
purchase
new computers: The annual doubling of optical bandwidth capabilities will
lead to
more data service centralization and more computing resource sharing between
companies following an application service provider model. He also predicted
that
decentralized IT operations will resurface by 2004, while most application
decisions
will be made by business units rather than IT. Other trends Gartner expects
include
mainstream penetration of business activity monitoring within five years,
and the
continued upholding of Moore's Law through 2010. By 2007, banks will be the
chief
suppliers of presence services, while many segments of the IT market will
experience
vendor consolidation--in fact, Claunch believes that 50 percent of current
software
vendors will be out of business by 2004. Finally, Gartner expects most major
new
systems to be either inter-enterprise or cross-enterprise, giving companies
a
macroeconomic shot in the arm. This will have a clear and recognized effect
on
productivity, Claunch declared.


http://www.computerworld.com/managementtopics/management/story/0,10801,74951
,00.html



-
To subscribe or unsubscribe to the CANARIE-NEWS list please send e-mail to:

[EMAIL PROTECTED]

In the body of the e-mail:

subscribe news
end

-

These news items and comments are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect
those  of the CANARIE board or management.

-
Bill St. Arnaud
Senior Director Network Projects
CANARIE Inc
www.canarie.ca/~bstarn




FW: Teleworking - E-Government Bulletin debate live!

2002-10-02 Thread Michael Gurstein




-Original Message-From: Tamara Fletcher 
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]Sent: September 30, 2002 7:26 
AMTo: [EMAIL PROTECTED]Subject: Teleworking - 
E-Government Bulletin debate live!
To all readers 
of E-Government Bulletin:- Click, Debate, Connect - Fit for Work- Online 
debate goes live!Our online debate on flexible working in the public 
sector, in association with Public Policy Forum and BT, is now live 
at:http://www.clickdebateconnect.com/ppfThe debate is aimed at producing policy 
recommendations for government on boosting teleworking in the public 
sector.Participation is free, and we will analyse and report on the results 
in due course.We look forward to seeing as many readers as possible 
there on day one!Please remember to register yourself, the first time you 
log in - call us on01273 267173 if you have any problems or 
queries.
Best 
regards,Tamara Fletcher,Debate 
Organiser


RE: [solaris]Re: FW: good articles on the public information commons

2002-08-11 Thread Michael Gurstein

I am particularly attracted to Bollier's argument
http://www.bollier.org/reclaim.htm that when there are suitable incentive
structures established (communal rewards such as prestige, mutual support,
residual benefits from the process of sharing and so on) then a 'Comedy
of the Commons' begins to develop where the range of the Commons (and the
participation) increases--he is thinking specifically of Open Source
software, but also applies the argument to broader sustainable resource
sharing.

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED] [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf
Of Harry Pollard
Sent: August 4, 2002 5:04 PM
To: Michael Gurstein; Solaris@mail. sarai. net; Futurework@Scribe.
Uwaterloo. Ca
Subject: [solaris]Re: FW: good articles on the public information
commons


Mike,

Hardin did a good job of emphasizing the commons. However, tragedy only
intervenes when we don't accept the common ownership - which implies common
management,  or we allow some to grab the commons for themselves.

The English village commons worked very well. If one of the villagers
brought in extra geese - more than was deemed proper - the other villagers
would have a word with him.

That's all.

At least until the Enclosures Acts. First an Act for each common - then a
General Enclosures Act to prove the efficiency of the assembly line.

Thus were the commons grabbed - legally, and with everything aboveboard
just like Enron.

The importance of managing the commons has particular relevance to handling
wild animals, such as elephants and whales, and saving from harm such
resources as fishing grounds. These are common resources - commons.

When we  start recognizing our equal ownership rights to such commons and
set up a management process, the commons will become a triumph rather than
a tragedy.

Harry

-

Michael wrote:

Further to our recent discussions on the commons.

The Bollier piece that I referred to is chapters 3, 4 and 7 Reclaiming...
http://www.bollier.org/reclaim.htm

MG
-Original Message-
From: Ian! D. Allen [NCFreeNet] [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: July 18, 2002 12:32 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: good articles on the public information commons

http://www.publicknowledge.org/resources/conference-archives.php

* Saving the Information Commons by David Bollier and Tim Watts (83 pages)

The result is a strangely bifurcated media universe. On the one
 hand, there is television, which is doing far less to serve the
 public interest than a generation ago despite the proliferation of
 channels. Broadcast news programs may be far more plentiful than
 twenty years ago, for example, but even veteran journalists question
 whether the market-driven flood of tabloid fare and sensationalism
 is serving the public or its own profession well.

* Why the Public Domain Matters by David Bollier (30 pages)

This is unfortunate. Because of our conceptual blinders about the
 public domain, copyright maximalists have been able to extend the
 scope of copyright protection through many means: longer terms of
 copyright protection, new technologies that eliminate the public's
 fair use rights, attacks on the first-sale doctrine which otherwise
 lets users share or re-sell purchased copies of works and court
 rulings that give narrow interpretations to traditional copyright
 doctrines.

* Trouble on the Endless Frontier by Seth Shulman (30 pages)

An oft-cited example from a previous, revered generation of scientists
 illustrates the virtual sea change that has occurred in our notions
 about ownership and proprietary claims in high-tech research. In 1954,
 when Jonas Salk developed a polio vaccine, he never for a moment
 considered the idea of pursuing individual ownership rights to the
 discovery. Nor did Salk imagine the idea of licensing the vaccine
 in an effort to personally control the direction of future research
 in the field. In fact, Salk's funder, the March of Dimes, prohibited
 patenting or the receipt of royalties on the results of its research
 projects. When Edward R. Murrow, the renowned television commentator
 of the day, asked, Who will control the new pharmaceutical? Salk
 replied that, naturally, the discovery belonged to the public.
 There is no patent, he said. Could you patent the sun? This
 story bears repeating for the contrast it offers to the contemporary
 research environment. In the 1990s, for example [...]


**
Harry Pollard
Henry George School of LA
Box 655
Tujunga  CA  91042
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
Tel: (818) 352-4141
Fax: (818) 353-2242
***





The Comedy of the Commons

2002-08-01 Thread Michael Gurstein


There has been a recent discussion on issues concerning the Commons on the
e-list Solaris that I co-host which is concerned with critical perspectives
on ICT and Development.

I think this discussion might be of interest on Futurework as well hence my
forwarding this thread and I would be interested to have the perspective of
the folks here on this thread and particularly if they took a look at
Bollier's paper.

Best,

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED] [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf
Of Michael Gurstein
Sent: August 1, 2002 11:46 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: Roberto Verzola; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: RE: [solaris]agriculture, industrial and information sectors



Hi Tom,

You might want to take a closer look.  Bollier talks at considerable length
about the Open Source issue (he even has interesting things to say
contrasting Open Source and GNU).  His major innovation (to my mind at
least) is precisely in this area where he begins to think through what a
non-tragedy (he calls it the comedy) of the Commons would look like
including handling issues like incentives and market discipline.

It isn't complete but it does, I think, take the discussion beyond your
point which is does it work anywhere outside Graduate Student coffee rooms.

M

-Original Message-
From: tom abeles [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: August 1, 2002 7:29 AM
To: Michael Gurstein
Cc: Roberto Verzola; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Re: [solaris]agriculture, industrial and information sectors


Hi Mike

Bollier's piece and other materials are relevant to another aspect of the
commons. These are the same that Hardin was concerned about in his
Tragedy
of the Commons article, natural resources that are in common ownership by
the
community at large, how they are accessed, maintained and used over the long
term. There is a difference between everyone being able to go to a coal mine
that is owned in common and chopping out a piece of fuel and my creating a
piece
of code that is open to the public whether or not they contribute to its
improvement or just use it.

In fact this is one of the economic problems that some theorists are trying
to
address. Suck oil out of the ground and get a depletion allowance from the
government because your business now has less oil. On the other hand, the
community gets no depletion allowance to cover the time when the well runs
dry
and the community has no more tax base and no jobs.

Bollier addresses this aspect which is a separate issue; and while making an
eloquent statement, still leaves even his question unanswered.

thoughts?

tom abeles

Michael Gurstein wrote:

 Hi Tom,

 I think that Roberto has sketched in the beginnings of a response to your
 very useful questioning of the broader significance of Open Source and
 particularly how might/could an Open Source economy work.

 I would also strongly suggest you and anyone else interested take a look
at
 David Bollier's long essay Public Assets, Private Profits: Reclaiming the
 American Commons which he did for the New America Foundation and which can
 be found at www.bollier.org/reclaim.htm where he deals quite directly with
 the challenges that you raise.

 Best,

 MG

 -Original Message-
 From: [EMAIL PROTECTED] [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf
 Of tom abeles
 Sent: July 25, 2002 7:38 PM
 To: Michael Gurstein
 Cc: Roberto Verzola; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
 Subject: Re: [solaris]agriculture, industrial and information sectors

 Hi Mike

 I said nothing about ownership or proprietary control of this material nor
 have I
 argued against open source materials. I have just asked a very simple
 question as
 to how do I get fed and clothed and sheltered in an open source network
and
 what
 happens when not all who access or support the commons have equal
 opportunity to
 benefit.  I am just asking how the economy works when one can not eat bits
 and
 bytes.

 gnutel and its derivatives such as Napster are nice- but eventually
someone
 must
 pay for the servers and their support and the pipes that carry it.
 Universities
 found this out when their fiber arteries were clogged with students
 downloading mp3
 and one couldn't access the libraries.

 Some musicians have no problem with napster because they get exposure and
 more
 sales or some they would never have had- leverage that is good, they cover
 this as
 marketing costs. but if no sales, no eat- but then maybe they shouldn't
have
 been
 in music in the first place-- the commons is a harsh mistress.

 What happens when Microsoft can access the open source hacks for its X-Box
 and with
 several million in petty cash go into the market place and swamp the
hackers
 writing code- open source?

 We are working with a software company that lets its workers write their
own
 code
 for their own ideas as long as they don't impact negatively on the client
 base. A
 piece of code that they get may help a client and may launch their
employee
 on a
 new career- but they are willing

FW: [solaris]agriculture, industrial and information sectors

2002-08-01 Thread Michael Gurstein

And the second.

M

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED] [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf
Of Roberto Verzola
Sent: July 24, 2002 11:04 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: [solaris]agriculture, industrial and information sectors


My apologies if this piece comparing the agriculture,
industrial and information sectors is too long. I am posting it because
some wanted to see the piece. If you don't, just skip this message.
Value-systems and the nature of goods
by Roberto Verzola

[This is the main text of a paper presented at the 11th Annual Conference of
the Philippine
International Forum, held in Cebu City on February 22-24, 1994. PIF is an
organization of expatriates, many of
them church-related, who work with Philippine non-government
organizations. ]

As some of you may know, I am an electrical engineer by
training and a computer consultant by profession. I was also a social
activist in the university, and I have remained so ever since.
In the past few years, I’ve been involved in studying social
issues relating to information technology and exploring the
possibility that information technologies can be used for
democratization and popular empowerment.
Over the past 12 years or so, I have been working with
computers practically on a daily basis. And when one works with
computers—especially with computer software and data—one is
working with practically pure information. It is in the course of my
work with computers that I’ve gained a few insights about the nature
of information.
We know, for instance, that information is not matter. As the
scientist would say, it has no mass and it doesn’t occupy physical
space. It is intangible. In the past decades, scientists have been able
to precisely define information. I will not go into this precise
definition now, but let me just say that it is related to the concept of
uncertainty: information is that which resolves or reduces
uncertainty.
What is very interesting to me is the fact that since
information is non-material, it is very easy to reproduce. Sharing
information with somebody else already reproduces information.
Talking before you right now reproduces information many-fold.
Broadcasting information over the radio or television can reproduce
information thousands—even millions—of times over. Every time I
copy a diskette, this quality of information reveals itself before me.
Whether it is a conversation, a public performance, an electronic
broadcast, or the copying of tapes and diskettes, it is clear that once
information is generated, the cost of reproducing it eventually
becomes negligible.
Let me present this nature of information in a different way.
When I let a friend copy a computer program, I do not lose
possession of the program. I still have my own copy. Sharing one’s
worldly belongings is difficult for many to do because to give away
material goods is to lose possession of these goods. But sharing
knowledge and information is the most natural thing to do, because
we don’t lose them when we share them.
Thus, it is most natural that computer users share programs
among themselves. Sharing information freely comes naturally. How
can one be so selfish as to deny a copy of a computer program from
a friend if one won’t lose the program by sharing it?
However, now comes the Business Software Association
(BSA) and the government of the United States, asserting that
copying computer programs is stealing, that for every copy we share,
we are actually “stealing” hundreds of dollars from American
corporations. This is quite a clash of values, isn’t it?
Before I jump ahead of my story, let me state at this time the
first major observation that came out of my twelve years of work
with computers and information technology: it takes very little to
share information, and people share information freely.
This is true of knowledge and information we hold in our
minds. It is true of music, poems, and songs. It is true of computer
programs and computer data. It is also true of genetic information as
contained in seeds, plants and animals.
But this problem with the BSA and the U.S. government
remains: they want to stop us from sharing freely. Instead, they want
us to acknowledge the ownership claims that some have staked on
information. These ownership claims are in the form of exclusive
usage and copying rights, or intellectual property rights (IPR) -- their
intellectual property rights.
For those who might think the U.S. value system is the more
“natural” system, let me tell you another story. This one comes from
the Bible:
When it was evening, his disciples came to him and said,
“We are in a lonely place and it is now late. You should send these
people away so they can go to the villages and buy something for
themselves to eat.”
But Jesus replied, “They do not need to go away; you give
them something to eat.” They answered, “We have nothing here but
five loaves and two fishes.” Jesus said to them, “Bring them here to
me.”
Then he had everyone sit 

FW: toc NYTimes.com Article: Whistling Past the Global Graveyard

2002-07-14 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Steve Brant
Sent: July 13, 2002 11:56 PM
To: Triumph of Content List
Subject: toc NYTimes.com Article: Whistling Past the Global Graveyard


---
The New York Times

http://www.nytimes.com/2002/07/14/weekinreview/14FREN.html?ex=1027616484ei=
1en=35b11b55dd4a05af

---


Whistling Past the Global Graveyard

July 14, 2002 By HOWARD W. FRENCH


TOKYO


THE details may change each year, but when the 14th International AIDS
Conference got underway last week in Barcelona, the flood of alarming
statistics about the progression of the disease around the world was
entirely familiar.

Soon, average life expectancy will dip below 40 years in 10 African
countries. Twenty-five million children will be orphaned worldwide by the
disease by the end of the decade. In Russia, H.I.V. infection has increased
15-fold in three years. In China, 17 percent of the population has yet to
hear of AIDS, even as the disease takes off there in earnest.

Sometime soon, AIDS will have killed more people than all the wars of the
20th century. Yet, in a paradoxical way, the most pessimistic data coming
out of the conference may come from the few bright spots, including the
United States and a few other rich countries.

People in the United States and Western Europe, where annual treatments may
average $35,000 per patient, have begun to think of AIDS as a survivable
condition. Each year, moreover, new data seem to feed a growing conviction
in the wealthiest countries that the epidemic has been blunted in their own
backyards.

In Japan, the world's second-largest economy and a lavish spender on
scientific research, there has never been an AIDS epidemic. Search as one
might, it was nearly impossible last week to find more than a brief mention
of the Barcelona conference in newspapers.

AIDS has always created a chasm between rich and poor. More than ever
before, though, the pandemic is carving up the world into islands of
affluence, medical prowess and good governance, and vast regions of poverty,
imploding institutions and despair.

Perhaps the most glaring symbol of this divide is the tepid Western response
to the United Nations' plea for $10 billion a year to fight AIDS. Many
experts call this the minimum amount needed to blunt the epidemic and care
for the sick and dying. But the world's rich nations, lacking the same sense
of urgency that drove them to action in response to Al Qaeda, or in the gulf
war, are now offering less than one-third of this sum.

Strong moral objections have long been raised to the West's seeming
indifference to the plight of many African societies. And yet the growing
magnitude of the AIDS crisis has tested the illusion of invulnerability,
prompting a search for more pragmatic solutions.

The world stood by when AIDS was spreading in Africa, said Peter Piot,
executive director of the United Nations AIDS program. We can't do the same
thing now that it is spreading in Eastern Europe, at the doorsteps of the
E.U.

Beyond the universe of AIDS experts, however, many people involved in
international affairs say appeals to realism like this do not go far enough.
For them, the central lesson of the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks is that in
today's globalized world there is no such thing as lasting insulation from
other people's crises. When entire societies are allowed to collapse and
human miseries are permitted to fester, sooner or later those who had the
means to help do something about it but didn't will have a steep bill to
pay.

TODAY, some people will say, `Why should we care?'  said Joseph S. Nye Jr.,
dean of the Kennedy School at Harvard University and author of The Paradox
of American Power (Oxford University, 2002). Well, in the mid-1990's, many
people said pretty much the same thing about Afghanistan: `It is in terrible
shape, but what does it matter to us?' On Sept. 11 we found out what it
matters to us.

If the challenge from AIDS was limited primarily to Africa, a continent
perennially shunted to the periphery of the world's concerns, some might
still maintain that wealthy nations need do little more than apply the kinds
of Band-Aids and moral salves that are being employed there now. According
to yet another statistic issued in Barcelona, although 28.5 million of the
world's 40 million people infected with H.I.V. live in Africa, only about
30,000 Africans are receiving treatment with anti-retroviral drugs.

Year by year, however, it is becoming clearer that Africa is hardly alone.
In Russia, the rate of infection is growing as fast as anywhere. China and
India each acknowledge millions of recent cases, and yet both are thought to
be vastly underreporting the crisis. In Indonesia, the disease has been
spreading like wildfire.

In the future, the main hotspots highlighted in any 

FW: toc--Stocks' Slide Playing Havoc With Older Americans' Dreams (K Zernike NYTimes)

2002-07-14 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of James Beniger
Sent: July 14, 2002 5:49 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: toc--Stocks' Slide Playing Havoc With Older Americans' Dreams
(K Zernike NYTimes)





---
 Copyright 2002 The New York Times Company
---
  www.nytimes.com/2002/07/14/business/14INVE.html

 July 14, 2002


  STOCKS' SLIDE IS PLAYING HAVOC WITH OLDER AMERICANS' DREAMS

  By KATE ZERNIKE


 As the owners of an Atlanta advertising agency that billed $40 million a
 year, Jim and Jan Pringle were featured in a cover article in Inc.
 magazine asking, What's the best time to retire?

 In January 2000, with the Dow well above 10,000, they were confident they
 had picked the right time. They took more than $2 million they had made
 from selling their company and bought stocks. Their broker encouraged
 them to take a month in Europe; instead they moved to South Carolina,
 where they began building a dream house on the beach.

 The Pringles have since lost about 75 percent of their investment. Far
 from taking any trips to Europe, they have done what they vowed never to
 do: mortgaged their house and gone back to work.

 I thought I would at least be able to take a break and think about what
 to do with the second half of my life, Mr. Pringle, 63, said. But I
 didn't have a lot of options when the market went south.

 To many Americans, the sustained slide in the stock market --
 particularly last week's nose dive -- has been something to fret about, a
 darkening cloud. But to many people at or near retirement age, it has
 been a colossal jolt.

 People in this age group -- 55 to 64 -- have had almost twice as much
 money invested in stocks over the last few years as the average American.
 But if that money took them higher during the boom years, raising their
 expectations for living easy and dying rich, they have since fallen
 farther.

 Unlike younger investors, older ones do not have room to ride out their
 losses, particularly those who, while swimming in capital gains, ignored
 the basic principle of shifting from stocks to less volatile investments
 as retirement drew near. Perhaps as a result, federal statistics show,
 the same age group has been entering the work force at a higher rate than
 any other in the last two years -- or simply not leaving.

 In interviews last week from Hawaii to New England, older investors told
 stories of losing the entire value of their portfolios, of canceling
 travel plans and scaling back expectations. They used to stand mesmerized
 outside storefront stock tickers, or glued to CNBC at home.

 Now, they are looking the other way.

 For these investors, what they thought would be comfortable retirement
 years are now shrouded in anxiety, disappointment and, in some cases,
 shame.

 One 68-year-old man pleaded for anonymity as he told how he and his wife
 had sold their home in Manhattan and their beach house in the mid-1990's,
 planning to retire on the income of about $1 million he invested in the
 market.

 As tech stocks rose, so did his portfolio. He hung on despite losing $4.5
 million over two years. But last year, with some of his stocks reduced to
 pennies, and fearing that he would be sitting in the street, he and his
 wife took jobs at the Mohegan Sun casino in Connecticut.

 The market was going up so rapidly, it was easy to live off the
 appreciated value of your assets, he said. It was to some extent
 delusional, thinking this thing would turn around and come back, but it
 takes a while to come to grips with it. It hadn't happened in my
 lifetime, that kind of demise. I was born during the Depression, but I
 wasn't old enough to understand it.

 Jacobo Black, 67, a retired real estate agent in Miami, said that he and
 his wife, Sophie, had canceled plans for a trans-Atlantic cruise this
 year. He could have used the distraction from thinking about the market.

 I feel so vulnerable, Mr. Black said. Here I was with thousands of
 dollars in savings and here I am losing it like water running through my
 fingers.

 Gena Lovett, walking along Laguna Beach in California with a group of
 friends who, like her, are in their late 50's, said that she and her
 husband, John, 57, would not be able to contribute as much to their
 grandchildren's education.

 Our retirement is one-half of what it was a year ago, she said. And
 because John works for G.E., we have mostly G.E. stock. I suppose we
 should have diversified, but G.E. stock was supposed to be wonderful.
 John's simply not looking at retirement. We simply told our kids that
 we're spending their inheritance.

 The oldest retirees, those over 70, tend to have pensions and so rely
 less on the stock market, economists say. Those approaching retirement
 are far more likely to have 

FW: : A college freshman's perspective on the telecom industry

2002-07-12 Thread Michael Gurstein


-Original Message-
From: Dan Updegrove [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Date: Fri, 12 Jul 2002 09:52:13
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: A college freshman's perspective on the telecom industry

Dave -

At a recent conference, heard this anecdote:

If you bought $1,000 worth of Nortel stock one year ago, it would now be
worth $49.

If you bought $1,000 worth of Budweiser (the beer, not the stock) one year
ago, drank all the beer, and traded in the cans for a nickel deposit, you
would have $79.

Cheers,
Dan Updegrove




VP  for Information Technology  Phone (512) 232-9610
The University of Texas at Austin   Fax (512) 232-9607
FAC 248 (Mail code: G9800)  [EMAIL PROTECTED]
P.O. Box 7407   http://wnt.utexas.edu/~danu/
Austin, TX 78713-7407

For archives see:
http://www.interesting-people.org/archives/interesting-people/




FW: America the Arrogant

2002-07-09 Thread Michael Gurstein

Nothing new, but the compilation is useful and the author is interesting...

M

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of radtimes
Sent: July 9, 2002 4:14 PM
To: Recipient list suppressed
Subject: America the Arrogant


America the Arrogant

Why Don't We Listen Anymore?

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/articles/A31285-2002Jul6.html

By Clyde Prestowitz
Sunday, July 7, 2002; Page B01

The way things are going, it will soon be the United States against the
world.

That comment, by a top political leader in Kuala Lumpur, was just one of
hundreds of expressions of a new and disturbing alienation from America that
I heard during a recent swing through 14 Asian, European and Latin American
capitals.

What a contrast to the supportive attitudes abroad immediately after Sept.
11. Then, the sometimes anti-American French journal Le Monde captured the
world's sentiment with a headline proclaiming: We are all Americans. Ten
months later, sympathy for the victims of the terror attacks remains. But
the American image is increasingly perceived as ugly, and support abroad for
U.S. policies is plummeting -- in response to such U.S. actions as the
threat last week to withdraw its peacekeepers from Bosnia unless Americans
are exempted from jurisdiction of the new International Criminal Court.

Of course, anti-Americanism is not new, but what I found disturbing after 35
years of visiting these cities was that foreign leaders who have been
longtime friends of the United States are the ones voicing dismay.

While most foreign observers express affinity for Americans as people, they
show increasing resentment of the United States as a nation and frequently
remark with regard to Sept. 11 that now America knows what it feels like.
They show a sense of satisfaction that, for once, America understands what
it's like to be vulnerable. And they hope our tragedy might instill some
humility and blunt American arrogance on issues such as energy conservation,
global warming and global poverty.

Many people abroad are now convinced that the United States aims to control
their destiny and that, despite its talk of democracy, human rights and free
trade, the United States really thinks only of its own narrow interests. In
Seoul, American hostility toward North Korea is seen to be undermining
President Kim Dae Jung's efforts to engage the North. Several top South
Korean leaders emphasized to me that Washington either doesn't understand or
doesn't care that South Korea cannot afford to take over a collapsing North
Korea. How can we make Washington understand that we need a long transition
and that we must prevent, not precipitate, a sudden collapse of the North?
asked a key Korean negotiator.

Others in Asia see the United States, prodded by constituencies at home that
are obsessed with China's military, as too narrowly focused in its approach
to Beijing and inattentive to sentiments in the region. In China there is
widespread disappointment and resentment over the recent U.S. designation of
China as a strategic competitor rather than a strategic partner as well as
over the president's declaration that America will do whatever it takes to
defend Taiwan. Both are seen as needlessly hostile. We want to sell to
America, not attack it, said one official in Shanghai. As for Taiwan, no
one I met in Asia believed there is any danger of invasion. Indeed, they
said, it is the Taiwanese who are invading mainland China, where they are
the biggest investors and the biggest group of non-mainland residents;
nearly 500,000 of them live in Shanghai alone. The only circumstance most
observers can imagine that could provoke an attack would be a declaration of
independence by Taiwan, something that, ironically, recent U.S. policies are
seen to be encouraging.

In six weeks of traveling, I was struck by how often I heard the criticism
that while the United States speaks of principles, it often undermines its
moral suasion by acting cynically in pursuit of its national interests.
Recently, for example, the White House welcomed Malaysian Prime Minister
Mohamad Mahathir. Only a few years ago, Washington was lambasting Mahathir
both for the imposition of capital market controls during the financial
crisis of l997 and for human rights abuses in the jailing of his deputy
prime minister on charges of engaging in homosexual acts. Today the former
deputy prime minister remains in jail and the capital markets remain
somewhat restricted, but Mahathir is a favorite in Washington because he is
tough on terror. For some, the former U.S. stance confirms Washington's
penchant for meddling in the affairs of others while the current stance
proves the insincerity of its proclaimed devotion to human rights and free
trade.

U.S. trade policies have reinforced the perception of U.S. arrogance and
double standards. Generations of U.S. trade negotiators have pounded on
Japan, the European Union and others to reduce agricultural 

FW: tocMagical Conversation (Revisiting Education)

2002-07-08 Thread Michael Gurstein


I must confess to not having followed the recent discussion on
teaching/education as closely as I might have (having been too actively
engaged in the practice of teaching/education).

I think this below rather sums up my own perspective.  I have the rather
strong sense that the requirements for teaching--which increases as one goes
up the student's age/proficiency ladder--is changing rather signficantly as
a result of ICT's/media...

The change is less of a replacement of the need for one set of skills by
another, and more of a need for teaching/learning an additional and perhaps
more complex/conceptual set of skills in addition to other basic skills
(3R's for example).

Living and working in an information/technology saturated environment
doesn't mean that one doesn't need to know how to read or write or do
computation but it means that one must know those things as well as knowing
how to manage/construct/deconstruct information and knowledge at a
conceptual level.

Apart from the relatively few folks who actually work with the design and
development of technology those of the rest of us (and here I include the
60-70% of the population in most developed countries who spend at least part
of their working and/or non-working time interacting with ICT's in one form
or another) need to be able to know how information/knowledge functions at a
conceptual level in order to make sense of what we are doing with ICT's and
to have any measure of control over them and how they are structuring our
relationship with others and with the physical world.

I would suggest that this need for understanding at the conceptual level is
growing fairly rapidly and is one of the reasons for the widespread
dissatisfaction with education both from those who think the evolution
towards this direction isn't going fast enough and from those who think it
is going too fast or is being done at the expense of other things.  I also
think that a lot of this development is happening fairly spontaneously among
young people with their vernacular use of technologies--video and computer
games, Instant Messaging, media saturation--and in a lot of instances, it is
the adults who need to catch up or get out of the way (or ideally, help
young people to systematize and make sense of what they know intuitively).

Mike Gurstein

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: July 8, 2002 9:57 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: tocMagical Conversation



By Bernard Percy and Marina Leight - June 2002
I RECENTLY HAD A MAGICAL CONVERSATION

 with a very special friend, Ilene Rosenthal. We were discussing what
defines
a great teacher.

This inspired my thoughts on who the great teachers are.


They have high standards and expectations that they won't compromise.


They dare to dream of truly making a difference in their students' lives.


They're the restless individuals, innovative thinkers. They don't want to
adapt or conform to the world around them, when that world has limited
expectations of what a teacher can do or achieve.


They challenge students to think differently, innovatively, and not merely
adjust to their environment.


They're comfortable in a space with motion, action and innovative thinking.


They help students find their true purposes; develop their unique, special
talents; and ensure they develop certainty in their ability to overcome
obstacles and achieve their dreams.


They create space for students to find and develop belief in their own
potential.


They create special, positive moments where a student has a realization or
experience that positively affects his or her life, forever.


They seek the real barriers that prevent students from learning, i.e.,
helping students learn the skills, gain the knowledge, and develop their
abilities to be problem solvers.


They never see the child only as a statistic or number, but as worthy of the
recognition of his or her own individuality.


They strive to put and keep the joy in learning.


They're willing to find the magic residing in each child.


They're dream makers, not dream breakers.

Technology in the hands of a great teacher becomes a powerful tool to
individualize and customize each student's educational program, one that
aligns with their true potential, interests, needs and uniqueness. It's a
tool that can help students rejoice in what they can and do accomplish.

June Issue, Converge Magazine

http://www.convergemag.com/magazine/story.phtml?id=30311959



Bonnie Bracey
[EMAIL PROTECTED]

Education must enable one to sift and weigh evidence, to discern the true
from the false, the real from the unreal, and the facts from the fiction.
Martin Luther King Jr.








RE: Dependency and Serfdom

2002-07-08 Thread Michael Gurstein

Hmmm...

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Mike Gurstein
(Keith Hudson)
Sent: July 8, 2002 10:33 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Dependency and Serfdom

There is nothing wrong with a Corporate Greed (welfare state) if fraudsters
could be excluded
and claimants could be assessed by local people who know the true
situation. But, with no regulatory (a centralised bureaucratic) control,
vast amounts of
fraud can take place. I know several people who've been misclaiming for
years.

However, the biggest fault of the Neo-Liberal (welfare) state is that it
creates an
ever-widening state of Corporate Fraud and inequality of opportunity
(dependency) which undermines democracy (demeans the individual) and saps
any form of effective citizenship (enterprise).

One Conservative (UK), Liberal (Can.), RepubloCrat (US) (Labour) Party
politician who has been studying the whole matter of Corporate Greed
(welfare) for many years and was, in the early years of the 1965 (1997)
Conservative (UK), Liberal (Can.), RepubloCrat (US) Labour
Government, the Minister for Welfare Reform (but sacked fairly quickly for
suggesting real reform), is ??? (Frank Field).

Yesterday ??? (Frank Field) predicted that the government's attempts to
reform
the system of Corporate Accounting (National Health Service (NHS)) will
fail, that its programme of corporate financing of political parties (family
tax credit
programme) which guarantee that no effective control measures will be put in
place (thus guaranteeing a sort of basic wage for all) will encourage
further fraud and produce an unprecedented degree of continuing fraud and
income inequality (welfare dependency).

Mike Gurstein

I follow with an excerpt from today's FT, written by Nicholas Timmins,
public policy editor:


The new range of tax credits, used to top up low wages and support
children, means the current means-tested strategy with cover 40% of the
population, up from a third under the Tories, Mr Field said in a pamphlet
published by Civitas, the free market social think tank. Once the
pensioner credit is introduced, this proportion will surge above the 50 per
cent mark.

Because the credit is withdrawn as earnings rise, there is no way by which
those most dependent on tax credits will be able by their own efforts to
free themselves from this welfare dependency. Worse still, the standard of
living this dependency offers will ensure a working of the system on an
unimaginable scale. It will also, because of the huge sums involved, open
up a totally new gold mine for fraudsters.

From now one, the government, not individuals by their own efforts, witll
decide the living standards of the vast majority of working families with
children. To rip ourt the mainspring of a free society -- the drive to
improve one's lot and that of one's family -- cannot but harbinger ill for
our country. The government's attempts to reform the NHS will be seen as
the last throw of the politics of central control, he said.


KH

--

Keith Hudson,6 Upper Camden Place, Bath BA1 5HX, England
Tel:01225 312622/444881; Fax:01225 447727; E-mail: [EMAIL PROTECTED]





RE: [CPI-UA] FW: TELECOM SECTOR MAY FIND PAST IS ITS FUTURE

2002-07-08 Thread Michael Gurstein

Hi Bram,

I didn't know of this approach to pre-regulatory assessment, but it seems to
me to a be very reasonable, with of course, the caveat being how the market
share analysis is carried out.

Has there been any move to look at the Microsoft quasi-monopoly on Operating
Systems within this context and if not, are you aware of why this hasn't
happened.

Best,

MG
-Original Message-
From: Bram Dov Abramson [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: July 8, 2002 1:24 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; canfutures;
Cpi-Ua@Vancouvercommunity. Net; [EMAIL PROTECTED];
Futurework@Scribe. Uwaterloo. Ca
Subject: Re: [CPI-UA] FW: TELECOM SECTOR MAY FIND PAST IS ITS FUTURE

The European Commission's approach is to have imbued the term Significant
Market Power with a specific regulatory meaning.  As I understand it, any
firm with SMP in certain markets within a given sector -- telecom, in this
example -- is to be regulated.

If so, then a constant process of reexamining market definitions and
conduct market share sizing analysis therefore becomes a basic regulatory
function, and that function -- in essence, measuring the state of
competition -- becomes permanent rather than subject to [condition
x].  For example, where the regulator forebears from regulating a given
sector, it continue to monitor the state of competitor in that sector, in
order to know beforehand if ever forebearance should cease to be
appropriate in its judgement.

That's a very broad-brush description, and it leaves many details open ...
as indeed it should.  But it sounds like you're advocating something
similar?

cheers
Bram




RE: Smoke and Mirrors Economics

2002-07-02 Thread Michael Gurstein



The common 
denominator of all this stuff and the historical point of departure seems to be 
the stockmarket. All of these are organized around creating illusory 
"revenues/profits" for stock market analysts. These things seem to 
coincide with the rise of mass-market stock "investing"for example, 
self-directed retirement programs and widespread participation in company stock 
programs. What this does, I think, is to significantly broaden the market 
base for individual stocks and allow for the incredible self-enrichment of the 
CEO's. It also, probably puts some sort of floor on the market or at least 
makes the descent much more gradual--the folks who are selling need somewhere to 
put their money after all and there don't seem to be many viable alternatives 
sufficient to support long-term "retirement" returns.

The mass market 
"investment" also, of course, mutes any political opposition to thisstuff 
(on the way up)--the natural constitutency of the Democrats (left Liberals/NDP) 
is as involved in this as the traditional Republican (Right Liberal/Tory) 
"investors". I suspect there is a great deal of "let's hold on and maybe 
it will all go away" on the part of very many of the new "investors". But 
what happens when all of this stuff starts to bite--a depressed market for a 
year or longer means more and more people need to realize their losses and this 
of course, has significant ripple effect through the real economy... 

At that 
point,of course, certain malordorour things might be starting to hit a lot 
of fans with, who knows what sort of political impacts...

Mike 
Gurstein

-Original Message-From: 
[EMAIL PROTECTED] 
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Karen Watters 
ColeSent: June 28, 2002 12:00 PMTo: 
[EMAIL PROTECTED]Cc: Alan Stein; Alex Sherker; Ben  
Roz Sleigh; Darcy Dunn; David Anthony; Gene Curlin; Jane Harrell; Joan H.; Ray 
HarrellSubject: FW: Smoke and Mirrors 
Economics

  
  The 
  rabble rouser makes some good summaries for the average reader, asks a lot of 
  questions, points fingers and makes another case for further reforms to 
  campaign finances laws. But he 
  doesnt ask the question: Why isnt Cheney being investigated for Halliburton? 
  Ive got a déjà vu Spiro Agnew feeling. Could Cheney will have health problems 
  before 2003?
  Bushs 
  sudden interest in promoting business ethics (so funny considering his Hardin 
  Oil - SEC troubles) is shallow and 
  Rovesque.
  Is 
  it time for a revival of classical economics? Or just a good born-again 
  moment?
  Karen 
  Watters Cole
  Flavors 
  of Fraud
  By PAUL 
  KRUGMAN 
  (NYT) 
  June 
  28, 2002
  o you're the manager of an ice cream parlor. It's not 
  very profitable, so how can you get rich? Each of the big business scandals 
  uncovered so far suggests a different strategy for executive self-dealing. 
  
  First 
  there's the 
  Enron 
  strategy. 
  You sign contracts to provide customers with an ice cream cone a day for the 
  next 30 years. You deliberately underestimate the cost of providing each cone; 
  then you book all the projected profits on those future ice cream sales as 
  part of this year's bottom line. Suddenly you appear 
  to have a highly profitable business, and you can sell shares in your store at 
  inflated prices.
  Then 
  there's the 
  Dynegy strategy. 
  Ice cream sales aren't profitable, but you convince investors that they will 
  be profitable in the future. Then you enter into a quiet agreement with 
  another ice cream parlor down the street: each of you will buy hundreds of 
  cones from the other every day. Or rather, pretend to buy  no need to go to 
  the trouble of actually moving all those cones back and forth. The result is 
  that you appear 
  to be a big player in a coming business, and can sell shares at inflated 
  prices.
  Or 
  there's the 
  Adelphia strategy. 
  You sign contracts with customers, and get investors to focus on the volume of 
  contracts rather than their profitability. This time you don't engage in 
  imaginary 
  trades, 
  you simply invent 
  lots of imaginary 
  customers. 
  With your subscriber base growing so rapidly, analysts give you high marks, 
  and you can sell shares at inflated prices.
  Finally, 
  there's the 
  WorldCom 
  strategy. 
  Here you don't create imaginary sales; you make real costs disappear, by 
  pretending 
  that operating expenses  cream, sugar, chocolate syrup  are part of the 
  purchase price of a new refrigerator. So your unprofitable business seems, 
  on 
  paper, 
  to be a highly profitable business that borrows money only to finance its 
  purchases of new equipment. And you can sell shares at inflated 
  prices.
  Oh, 
  I almost forgot: How do you enrich yourself personally? The easiest way is to 
  give yourself lots of stock options, so that you benefit from those inflated 
  prices. But you can also use Enron-style special-purpose entities, 
  Adelphia-style personal loans and so on 

FW: toc--German Leader Hopes Soccer Will Lift His Standing in Polls (S Erlanger NYTimes)

2002-07-02 Thread Michael Gurstein

Interesting discussion of some new strategies re: German unemployment...

Does anyone know anything more about these especially the use of Government
Manpower offices as employers of last resort?

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of James Beniger
Sent: June 29, 2002 12:21 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: toc--German Leader Hopes Soccer Will Lift His Standing in
Polls (S Erlanger NYTimes)





---
 Copyright 2002 The New York Times Company
---
www.nytimes.com/2002/06/29/international/europe/29GERM.html

 June 29, 2002


   GERMAN LEADER HOPES SOCCER WILL LIFT HIS STANDING IN POLLS

   By STEVEN ERLANGER


 BERLIN, June 28 -- Although the German election is still nearly three
 months away, there is anxiety in the camp of Chancellor Gerhard Schröder,
 whose Social Democrats continue to trail their conservative opponents,
 led by Edmund Stoiber, in the polls.

 Mr. Schröder, renowned as a good campaigner with sure populist instincts,
 has seized on Germany's unexpectedly good showing in the World Cup soccer
 championships to try to associate himself with the team's grit and
 success. John V. Lindsay did much the same with the Miracle Mets in
 1969, riding New Yorkers' euphoria about the Mets' winning the World
 Series that year to a surprising re-election as mayor.

 Mr. Schröder hitched a ride for himself to Japan today, after the Group
 of 8 summit meeting in Canada, on the official plane of Prime Minister
 Junichiro Koizumi, to see the Germans play Brazil in the final match on
 Sunday in Yokohama.

 The German government has also chartered a plane to take senior leaders
 and politicians to the championship match.

 Not to be outdone, Mr. Stoiber is going, too, and then returning to
 Germany with the team. That brought some sniffs from one of Mr.
 Schröder's spokesmen, Bela Anda, who said, The chancellor firmly
 believes that the team has earned the right to celebrate on its own and
 that politicians should keep their distance.

 Mr. Stoiber, the candidate of the Christian Democratic Union and
 Christian Social Union, emphasized that he was traveling at his own
 expense.

 The newspaper Handelsblatt had the inevitable cartoon showing the two
 candidates, in German soccer uniforms, racing from an airplane. The
 candidates are bound to overshadow President Johannes Rau, Germany's
 official representative, who had been scheduled to attend because Germany
 will be the host of the next World Cup, in 2006.

 But the soccer pitch is not the only current battleground. Mr. Schröder
 is trying to take the initiative on more substantive issues, too, in a
 campaign that so far centers on unemployment and economic competence --
 areas where Mr. Stoiber, however stiff, is thought to have the advantage.

 Mr. Schröder has sought to counter the stain of having four million
 people unemployed by embracing an official commission on labor-market
 reform -- and ensuring that its findings were publicized even before
 their scheduled publication in mid-August.

 The commission is run by Peter Hartz, personnel director of Volkswagen,
 a company on whose board Mr. Schröder used to sit. As leaked and then
 discussed by Mr. Hartz in interviews, the proposals are advertised as
 being able to cut unemployment by half in three years and the cost of
 unemployment benefits by two-thirds.

 The central idea is to use the government's regional employment offices
 as employers, functioning as agencies for temporary workers. Anyone who
 remains unemployed after looking for a job for six months would work for
 the employment office, subject to assignment for short-term labor, or
 lose benefits.

 The commission also wants to simplify the payment of unemployment
 benefits and reduce them for the long-term unemployed, proposals that
 have generated some protest.

 Mr. Schröder praised the proposals in general, saying, This is a great
 chance to bring movement to the German labor market without a risk to
 social cohesion.

 But he was careful not to endorse the whole report, saying he opposed
 cutting unemployment benefits. He needs the support of labor unions,
 which have been striking for pay increases beyond inflation levels.

 This is clearly a public relations campaign coming out of the
 chancellor's office to try to regain the initiative on labor issues,
 said Peter Lösche, a political scientist at Göttingen University.
 Schröder is trying to go on the offensive and show voters that he has a
 concept to reduce unemployment.

 But the mood in the chancellor's office, Mr. Lösche said, is graying and
 pessimistic, and I think they've made a number of mistakes. The worst,
 he said, was to misjudge Mr. Stoiber. They ridiculously thought he would
 go to the right instead of doing the sensible thing, moving to the
 

FW: toc Tweaking Numbers to Meet Goals Comes Back to HauntExecutives (The NY Times)

2002-07-02 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Steve Brant
Sent: June 29, 2002 12:46 PM
To: Triumph of Content List
Subject: toc Tweaking Numbers to Meet Goals Comes Back to
HauntExecutives (The NY Times)


-
The New York Times

http://www.nytimes.com/2002/06/29/business/29ACCO.html?ex=1026366825ei=1en
=7908208c7ae84158

--


Tweaking Numbers to Meet Goals Comes Back to Haunt Executives

June 29, 2002 By ALEX BERENSON


On Wall Street, it is called backing in.

Each quarter, analysts at securities firms forecast the profit per share of
the companies they cover. Companies whose profit falls short of the
consensus estimate can be severely punished, their stocks falling 10 percent
or more in a day.

So some companies do whatever they have to to make sure they do not miss
that estimate. Instead of first figuring out their sales and subtracting
expenses to calculate the profit, they work backward. They start with the
profit that investors are expecting and manipulate their sales and expenses
to make sure the numbers come out right.

During the last decade's boom, as executive pay was increasingly based on
how the company's stock performed, backing in became both more widespread
and more aggressive. Just how much so is only now becoming clear.

Just yesterday, Xerox said it was reclassifying $6.4 billion in revenue from
the late 1990's.

That announcement followed WorldCom's report Tuesday that it had hidden $4
billion in expenses in 2001 and this year. Since the collapse of Enron
prompted investors to scrutinize corporate accounting more carefully, scores
of public companies have admitted overstating earnings.

For years, Wall Street has known that companies manage their earnings.
Academic studies have found that actual earnings do not fall randomly around
the consensus estimate. Instead, they tend to come in at or just above the
forecast. Some companies, like General Electric, almost always seem to beat
estimates by a penny or two a share, no matter what the economic climate.

Did Microsoft manage earnings? Does G.E. manage earnings? said Jon
Brorson, who oversees $65 billion in stock investments for the Northern
Trust Company in Chicago. Sure, we all know that. If G.E. needs to make a
penny this quarter, they'll take it out of next quarter.

That fact in and of itself is not particularly surprising or disturbing, Mr.
Brorson and other money managers say. Managements try to give investors what
they want, and companies whose earnings are predictable are prized on Wall
Street, which does not like unhappy surprises.

But the current wave of financial fraud is very different, professional
investors say. Analysts and investors always assumed that earnings
management happened on the margins, as companies pushed earnings higher or
lower by a penny or two a share to mask the normal volatility of their
businesses.

Now it seems that many companies took advantage of loopholes in accounting
rules to make their reported profits seem much bigger than the cash they
were really generating. Others went further, committing outright fraud.


The difference between earnings management and the multibillion-dollar
gimmicks acknowledged by WorldCom and Xerox this week is like the difference
between speeding and murder, Mr. Brorson said.

But the slope from earnings management to earnings manipulation to fraud is
a slippery one, and during the boom the incentives to cheat became ever more
compelling.

As companies like Cisco Systems and Microsoft reported year after year of
booming sales and profits, investors began to believe that the surest route
to riches was to buy stocks of companies with rising sales and profits,
whatever their price.

A company that became a favorite of these new investors could have an
extraordinarily quick rise in its stock. As stock option packages became
more lucrative, top executives could make tens or hundreds of millions of
dollars after only a year or two of good performance.

Unfortunately, many of those new investors were highly fickle, and companies
that disappointed them by missing earnings targets could see their shares
plunge.

As for executives at companies that had not shared in the boom, they became
eager to win a share of investors' largess by showing that they, too, were
running fast-growing businesses.

So more and more companies took advantage of loopholes in the accounting
rules. That task was made easier because many investors, even professionals,
do not understand how much flexibility companies have to alter their results
under standard accounting rules.

One hedge fund manager recently compiled a list of 20 tactics that can be
used to make sales or profits seem better than they are. The list is far
from comprehensive, but it offers a glimpse of the many ways companies can
manipulate.

They can 

FW: the biggest case of corporate fraud in U.S. history.

2002-06-26 Thread Michael Gurstein


-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of David Farber
Sent: June 25, 2002 9:14 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: IP: the biggest case of corporate fraud in U.S. history.


WorldCom: $3.7B Illegally Documented
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS

Filed at 8:40 p.m. ET
JACKSON, Miss. (AP) -- WorldCom Inc. said Tuesday it had documented more
than $3.7 billion in expenses after an internal investigation uncovered
what appears to be the biggest case of corporate fraud in U.S. history.
More than $3 billion in 2001 and $797 million for the first quarter of 2002
was illegally documented as capital expenditures, the company said.
As a result, the company said it will restate its earnings for all of 2001
and the first quarter of 2002.
``Our senior management team is shocked by these discoveries,'' John
Sidgmore, who was appointed WorldCom CEO on April 29, said. ``We are
committed to operating WorldCom in accordance with the highest ethical
standards.''
WorldCom said it has notified its auditors, KPMG LLP, and has asked it to
conduct a comprehensive audit of the company's financial statements for
2001 and 2002.
In a report on its Web site Tuesday night, The Wall Street Journal said
WorldCom's chief financial officer, Scott Sullivan, who is also a director,
has been dismissed from the company.
``I want to assure our customers and employees that the company remains
viable and committed to a long-term future,'' Sidgmore said. ``I have made
a commitment to driving fundamental change at WorldCom, and this matter
will not deter the new management team from fulfilling our plans.''
The news could be a body blow to WorldCom, which is reeling from a low
stock price, a crumbling telecoms market and an ongoing Securities and
Exchange Commission investigation.
Shares of Clinton-based WorldCom dropped sharply in after hours trading,
falling 57 cents to 26 cents a share, down 68 percent from its closing
price of 83 cents.
Shares of WorldCom this year traded as high as $15 in January but have free
fallen since over concerns about the company's $32 billion in debt, slowing
revenues and the SEC investigation.
In March, the SEC requested documents detailing pretax charges associated
with domestic and international wholesale accounts that were no longer
deemed collectible.
The SEC investigation also focused on disputed customer bills and sales
commissions, loans by WorldCom to officers and directors, customer service
contracts and organizational charts and personnel records for former
employees.
Drawing scrutiny and investor displeasure were the $408 million in loans
WorldCom gave to former chief executive Bernie Ebbers, who resigned in
April.
Bond ratings agencies Moody's Investors Service, Standard  Poor's and
Fitch all cut their long-term credit ratings on WorldCom's debt several
times this year.
Shares of WorldCom on Monday closed down 25 percent after Salomon Smith
Barney analyst Jack Grubman, long seen as a WorldCom supporter, downgraded
his outlook on the company.

For archives see:
http://www.interesting-people.org/archives/interesting-people/




RE: More on Tenochtitlan

2002-06-25 Thread Michael Gurstein

Hmm

Sounds to me like a near perfect description of how the IMF operates or
likes to see itself operating (a la Argentina), especially the still beating
heart on the funeral pyre (of Neo-Lib economics...

M

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: June 25, 2002 3:12 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: Ray Evans Harrell
Subject: More on Tenochtitlan

The Aztecs were also good surgeons:


In the center of the Aztec imperial city of Tenochtitlan, the priests
performed their daily sacrifices. They marched the victim up the steep
stairway to the top of the pyramid, where four preists grabbed his limbs
and spread him out on his back on a large stone altar. One of the fearsome
and blood-splattered priests raised an obsidian knife above his head, then
plunged it into the heaving chest of the victim. Quickly, yet delicately,
he slit open the chest and thrust his probing fingers between the ribs in
search of the victim's heart. The priest pulled out th still-pulsing heart
and tossed it onto a flaming brazier -- an offering to Hutzilopshtli. The
sacrifice could be performed in as little as twenty seconds; yet the heart
continued throbbing on the burning brazier for several minutes.

[The Aztecs of Central Mexico: An Imperial Society by Frances F Berdan,
Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1982]

Keith



Keith Hudson, General Editor, Handlo Music, http://www.handlo.com
6 Upper Camden Place, Bath BA1 5HX, England
Tel: +44 1225 312622;  Fax: +44 1225 447727; mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]





RE: More on Tenochtitlan

2002-06-25 Thread Michael Gurstein

Outsourcing, more likely... Companies tear off their limbs while they are
still fully operative, toss them onto the fire of competitive destruction
(read core competencies blah, blah) and watch (for the most part) as the
flame is fed and the life dribbles away...

M

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED] [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: June 25, 2002 9:33 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; [EMAIL PROTECTED]; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: RE: More on Tenochtitlan


Radical downsizing.

-Original Message-
From: Michael Gurstein [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: Tuesday, June 25, 2002 8:46 AM
To: Keith Hudson; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: Ray Evans Harrell
Subject: RE: More on Tenochtitlan


Hmm

Sounds to me like a near perfect description of how the IMF operates or
likes to see itself operating (a la Argentina), especially the still beating
heart on the funeral pyre (of Neo-Lib economics...

M

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: June 25, 2002 3:12 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: Ray Evans Harrell
Subject: More on Tenochtitlan

The Aztecs were also good surgeons:


In the center of the Aztec imperial city of Tenochtitlan, the priests
performed their daily sacrifices. They marched the victim up the steep
stairway to the top of the pyramid, where four preists grabbed his limbs
and spread him out on his back on a large stone altar. One of the fearsome
and blood-splattered priests raised an obsidian knife above his head, then
plunged it into the heaving chest of the victim. Quickly, yet delicately,
he slit open the chest and thrust his probing fingers between the ribs in
search of the victim's heart. The priest pulled out th still-pulsing heart
and tossed it onto a flaming brazier -- an offering to Hutzilopshtli. The
sacrifice could be performed in as little as twenty seconds; yet the heart
continued throbbing on the burning brazier for several minutes.

[The Aztecs of Central Mexico: An Imperial Society by Frances F Berdan,
Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1982]

Keith



Keith Hudson, General Editor, Handlo Music, http://www.handlo.com
6 Upper Camden Place, Bath BA1 5HX, England
Tel: +44 1225 312622;  Fax: +44 1225 447727; mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]





FW: toc The Imperial Chief Executive Is Suddenly in the Cross Hairs(The NY Times)

2002-06-24 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Steve Brant
Sent: June 24, 2002 3:19 PM
To: Triumph of Content List
Subject: toc The Imperial Chief Executive Is Suddenly in the Cross
Hairs(The NY Times)


From the article below:

To respond, chief executives have begun a delicate two-step intended to
answer their critics and still defeat efforts at systemic changeBut
few are willing to sacrifice even a sliver of the many privileges and huge
pay packages they were awarded in recent years

People now say public officials in Washington are more honest and ethical
than business leaders, a switch from earlier years, according to the Pew
Research Center for the People and the Press

The No. 1 criteria in every C.E.O. search we do today is integrity, said
Gerard R. Roche, the senior chairman of Heidrick  Struggles, a top
executive-search company. That used to be assumed. No one had to mention
it. Not anymore.


NOT from the article below:

We have met the enemy and he is us. - Pogo


--
The New York Times

http://www.nytimes.com/2002/06/24/business/24CEOS.html?ex=1025945307ei=1en
=85d5cec244220393

---


The Imperial Chief Executive Is Suddenly in the Cross Hairs

June 24, 2002 By DAVID LEONHARDT


Stephen M. Case, a hero of the 1990's for having built America Online into a
multimedia giant, sat on the stage at his company's annual meeting last
month, listening to investors mock him for overseeing multibillion-dollar
losses.

Jeffrey R. Immelt, following in the footsteps of the lionized John F. Welch
Jr. at General Electric, has tried to soothe rebellious shareholders by
releasing more information than Mr. Welch ever did, but G.E.'s stock has
still fallen more sharply than most others this year.

Meanwhile, Charles R. Schwab, hoping to capitalize on Wall Street's new
unpopularity, has appeared in a television advertisement proclaiming his
brokerage firm a different kind of company.

Across the business landscape, the imperial chief executive, hailed not long
ago as the savior of entire companies and the driving force behind the
turnaround of the American economy, is suddenly under siege. With two
prominent executives being indicted in the last month, accounting problems
continuing to emerge and the stock market stuck near its lowest level in
three years, executives are facing their most significant challenge in a
decade or more.

To respond, chief executives have begun a delicate two-step intended to
answer their critics and still defeat efforts at systemic change. While
proclaiming their own companies to be fully healthy and the recent
disclosures about problems at Enron, Tyco International, Rite Aid, Imclone
Systems and elsewhere to be a series of exceptions, many executives have
become more solicitous of their investors, more open about their financial
dealings and more responsive to detailed questions from board members. But
few are willing to sacrifice even a sliver of the many privileges and huge
pay packages they were awarded in recent years.

We C.E.O.'s have to do gut checks, said William D. Zollars, the chief
executive of the Yellow Corporation, one of the nation's biggest trucking
companies, who has been attending meetings with investors that he once would
have skipped. We have to make sure we're playing it down the middle of the
fairway, not close to the lines.

For much of the booming 1990's, the nation's chief executives could make the
case - and they often did - that they embodied all that was right with
America. They received personal credit for nearly every improvement at their
companies, accumulating enormous wealth and prestige in the process. Some,
like Mr. Welch, who received a larger book advance than the pope, became
international celebrities, thanks to fawning magazine covers and idolatrous
management tomes.

Today's far different atmosphere has helped contribute to a decline in major
stock market indexes even as the economy has apparently emerged from
recession, a chain of events that had not occurred since the 1920's.

The actions of just a few chief executives have hurt the images of everyone
else. It's the same thing as when a couple of policemen are found corrupt,
said Jean-Pierre Garnier, the chief executive of GlaxoSmithKline, the drug
company, echoing the frustration of his peers. The whole police department
suffers.

To others, however, the individual problems that have become apparent since
Enron collapsed last December suggest that many of the usual checks on chief
executives' power disappeared during the giddiness of the 90's economic
boom. Now some investors, who tended to give executives free rein when stock
prices were rising, are trying to force changes.


Delivering a Lecture: A Corporate Chief Is Taken to Task


Ten days ago, William H. Miller III, one of the market's most 

FW: [CPI-UA]: Is the Internet economy dead? / By DAVID AKIN (or alive: Tech CEOs high on future ( Deloitte Touche Fast500 survey)

2002-05-28 Thread Michael Gurstein




-Original Message-From: [EMAIL PROTECTED] 
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Paul NielsonSent: 
May 21, 2002 5:55 PMTo: [EMAIL PROTECTED]Subject: [CPI-UA]: 
Is the Internet economy dead? / By DAVID AKIN (or alive: Tech CEOs high on 
future ( Deloitte  Touche Fast500 survey)
POSTED 
AT 1:44 AMEDTGlobe and Mail Monday, May 20

  
  

  
  When the first cracks appeared in the Internet economy  this would 
  have been some time toward the end of 2000  the founders of those 
  companies that failed were dismissed as impossible dreamers with business 
  plans that never stood a chance.
  The Internet itself, the actual layer of wires and software upon which 
  content moved around, was considered a sure bet. But selling pet food 
  through a Web site? We hardly missed Pets.com, Petopia.com Inc., and their 
  relatives because the real money was in electronic marketplaces, big 
  pipes, and oodles of bandwidth everywhere.
  "As part of an overall on-line business, we will end up buying pet food 
  on-line," said Duncan Stewart, a partner at Tera Capital Corp. of Toronto, 
  and the manager of several technology mutual funds. "But a pet food-only 
  Web site? No, no. That was ridiculous."
  But then the cracks deepened. The second round of Internet economy 
  accidents were businesses that sounded as if they made sense. Businesses 
  like Ariba Inc., Commerce One Inc., Onvia.com Inc. and Sapient Corp. These 
  businesses weren't shipping bulky bags of pet food to fickle consumers but 
  were making money setting up networks for buy-and-sell transactions, 
  taking a small cut of those transactions. "These guys make money when they 
  sleep," investors told themselves. "How can you miss with this?"
  But these market makers, whether business-to-consumer or 
  business-to-business plays, did indeed miss. Their stock price crashed. 
  Many were sold.
  It turns out that consumers actually liked the old-fashioned way of 
  doing things: of looking the seller in the eye as you haggled over terms; 
  of kicking the tires; of squeezing the Charmin.
  And now those cracks seem to be beyond repair. The very foundation of 
  the Internet economy  the infrastructure and telecom players who were 
  going to benefit from the frenzy to do everything and anything on-line  
  is threatened.
  The latest fissure, of course, came last week when Teleglobe Inc. of 
  Montreal, filed for bankruptcy protection after BCE Inc.  with its deep 
  pockets and seemingly irrepressive enthusiasm for convergence  finally 
  succumbed to the reality that the future would be very different than had 
  been predicted in 1999.
  "The whole industry is in trouble because they've relied on the 
  soothsayers and what the soothsayers thought about the industry's growth, 
  and it was just not right," said Eamon Hoey, senior partner at Hoey 
  Associates Telecommunications Consulting Services Inc. of Toronto.
  Teleglobe had planned to build a vast global network of fibre-optic 
  backbones to carry an exploding volume of Internet traffic between 
  continents and countries.
  A lot of companies had the same idea and either built their own 
  fibre-optic highways or spent billions for long-term leases of someone 
  else's strand of glass. It was all to their ruin. Global Crossing Ltd., 
  360networks Inc., Williams Communications Group Inc. and dozens more lost 
  billions by betting on this flawed vision.
  Giant Web-hosting firms like Exodus Communications Inc. and PSINet Inc. 
  have already gone on to a better place.
  So the Internet economy is dead, right?
  "I would say it's dead as a doornail from the standpoint of what the 
  layperson thinks of as the Internet economy," said Evan Chrapko, chief 
  executive officer of Edmonton-based Time Industrial Inc. 
  "What's quite alive and very much at play is the traditional companies 
  taking advantage of all of that stuff that's been left behind, thanks to 
  the build-out."
  Mr. Chrapko was an entrepreneurial star during the Internet economy's 
  golden years. He was CEO and co-founder of DocSpace Co. Inc., a 
  Toronto-based software company that was sold early in 2000 for 
  $568-million.
  For the last few years, Mr. Chrapko and some of the other former 
  DocSpace executives have been building Time Industrial. Time Industrial 
  sells systems to help industrial construction firms reduce the costs of 
  tracking, accounting for, and reporting their labour costs. His company's 
  biggest customers are mostly huge companies working on refineries and rigs 
  in U.S. and Canadian oil fields.
  And while the company relies heavily on new Internet and computing 
  technology for the complex task of 

FW: NITF ICT Forum: News: DRC cellular / SNO

2002-05-27 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Charles Lewis
Sent: May 27, 2002 4:16 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: NITF ICT Forum: News: DRC cellular / SNO


Mobile operators' rumble in the jungle [News24]

http://www.news24.com/News24/Finance/Features/0,4186,2-8-133_1185680,00.html

Kinshasa - When Africa's biggest mobile operator Vodacom offered US$5 of
free airtime to new clients in the Democratic Republic of Congo it sparked a
mini-riot.

Security guards were called in to break up shoving matches between hundreds
of people in the lobby of a flashy Kinshasa hotel, where Vodacom booths had
been set up ahead of the launch earlier this month.

And when Celtel, currently Congo's leading provider, cut its rates by 20% in
anticipation of Vodacom's launch, traffic shot up and clogged the company's
networks for days.

Demand for mobiles is huge in the war-torn central African country and
Vodacom Congo will become the eighth network provider. Most arrived in the
past 18 months.

The former Zaire was the first African country to have mobile phones with
the launch of a small, costly network in the mid-1980s, but only about 150
000 of Congo's 55 million people currently use them.

Congo's state-run fixed network, numbering around 20 000 landlines according
to the most recent estimates, is unreliable. Users complain of regular
interruptions to services and say numbers can be arbitrarily assigned to new
users, making mobiles a more popular option.

Executives like Henry Stephan, Vodacom Congo's chief operating officer, are
betting on a surge of new users.

We expect the number of mobile phone users to jump to about 600 000 in the
next five years and then reach one million within a decade, Stephan told
Reuters. Others estimate the market could reach three million users.

Vodacom plans to spend $370 million in the first year of operations - the
largest non-mining investment in Congo's history according to a report on
the country's telecoms by BMI-TechKnowledge, an African IT and telecoms
research house.

Africa-wide explosion

The rapid growth in Congo reflects an Africa-wide explosion in mobile use,
with user numbers rocketing from two million in 1998 to more than 30 million
by the end of 2001, according to the United Nations' International
Telecommunication Union.

The organisation predicts 100 million Africans will own cellphones by 2005
and says the number of mobile users has already outpaced that of fixed-line
phones.

Africa has had mobiles since the 1980s, but they only really took off in the
mid-1990s with the arrival of pre-paid billing.

Pre-paid cards allow companies to collect money in places where steady
incomes, fixed addresses, credit checks, reliable banking and postal systems
don't exist.

Under the late dictator Mobutu Sese Seko, who was ousted in 1997, mobiles
were the preserve of an elite of barely 20 000 in the former Zaire who paid
up to $3 per minute for local calls.

We've tried to make phones more accessible to the masses, says Vic
Subramanian, marketing manager for Celtel, which serves two thirds of
Congo's users.

Industry analysts say that not only can better communications encourage
business and drive economic growth, but they also lead to greater democratic
freedom in countries like Congo that have known decades of dictatorship.

There is a correlation between mobile communications and the spread of
democracy, said Dobek Pater, a senior analyst with BMI-TechKnowledge.

Tough environment

Democracy still looks some way off in Congo.

The big challenge for the Congolese is bringing the vast mineral-rich
territory back together after four years of war that have seen it carved up
into fiefdoms ruled by rebel factions and an unelected government.

Recent peace talks fuelled hopes that the former Belgian colony might turn
the corner, but after eight weeks they broke up without an overall agreement
and some analysts warned of a possible return to all-out war.

With the war and the constant government hassles it's a high risk market
and a difficult environment to work in.

How do you explain to your head office that you have to give 100 free
phones to government ministers and their assistants and friends? said one
telecoms official who asked not to be identified.

Vodacom is half owned by South Africa's Telkom. Britain's Vodafone owns
31.5% of Vodacom, South African group VenFin holds 13.5% and the investment
holding company Hosken Consolidated Investments the remaining 5%.

It began its operations in the three major markets in Congo - the capital
Kinshasa, the diamond-mining city of Mbuji-Mayi and Lubumbashi, capital of
the mineral-rich southeastern province of Katanga.

It has plans to roll out into new markets over the coming year, including
rebel-held areas like Goma in the east.

If we can get it so that people in Goma can talk to people in Kinshasa it
will only help bring the country together, said Vodacom's Stephan. This
country has such 

FW: toc--The World's Game (Soccer) Is Not Just a Game (S Kuper NYTimes)

2002-05-25 Thread Michael Gurstein


This is a truly fascinating account...

A long but very worthwhile read IMHO.

M

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of James Beniger
Sent: May 25, 2002 5:40 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: toc--The World's Game (Soccer) Is Not Just a Game (S Kuper
NYTimes)





---
 Copyright 2002 The New York Times Company
---
 www.nytimes.com/2002/05/24/magazine/26SOCCER.html

 May 24, 2002


 THE WORLD'S GAME IS NOT JUST A GAME

 By SIMON KUPER


 In early 1994, Osama bin Laden spent three months in London, where he
 visited supporters and bankers and went to watch the famous soccer club
 Arsenal four times. Before returning to Sudan just a step ahead of being
 extradited to Saudi Arabia, he bought his sons gifts from the club's
 souvenir shop. His affection for the game did not stop him from getting
 involved in a plot to massacre the American and British teams at the 1998
 World Cup in France; still, bin Laden told friends he had never seen
 passion like that of soccer fans.

 This seems to have been a common view inside Al Qaeda. On the videotape
 the Department of Defense released in December of bin Laden reminiscing
 with a foreign sheik about the Sept. 11 attacks, soccer crops up twice.
 The first time, bin Laden recalls a follower telling him a year earlier:
 ''I saw in a dream, we were playing a soccer game against the Americans.
 When our team showed up in the field, they were all pilots!'' In the
 dream, Al Qaeda won the game.

 On the same videotape, another Qaeda member recounts watching a
 television broadcast of the World Trade Center attacks. ''The scene was
 showing an Egyptian family sitting in their living room. They exploded
 with joy. Do you know when there is a soccer game and your team wins? It
 was the same expression of joy.''

 Bin Laden and his henchmen had hit on a truth about soccer. The sport,
 which in the U.S. is chiefly a placid entertainment for children, arouses
 in the rest of the world collective passions that are matched by nothing
 short of war. And unlike any other sport -- indeed, unlike almost any
 cultural phenomenon -- soccer is distinguished by its political
 malleability. It is used by dictators and revolutionaries, a symbol of
 oligarchy and anarchy. It gets presidents elected or thrown out, and it
 defines the way people think, for good or ill, about their countries.

 The World Cup, which begins on Friday in Japan and in South Korea, will
 be watched by billions. The spread of satellite dishes has taken the
 world's best teams to the farthest-flung places. People in Shenyang or
 Khartoum, who have no idea that Manchester is a town in England, now
 support Manchester United. A statue of the team's star, David Beckham,
 adorns a Buddhist temple in Bangkok. Osama bin Laden, if he is alive,
 will presumably be among those billions sitting in front of the
 television, and all of them, with the exception of most Americans, will
 appreciate the roiling political context in which the game is so often
 played.

 Leaders everywhere attach themselves to soccer. In 1986 Silvio
 Berlusconi, then an Italian media mogul, took over his favorite club, AC
 Milan, which was struggling to surmount a 1979 bribery scandal. By 1989
 Milan was rich, organized and champion of Europe. Berlusconi then founded
 the political party Forza Italia (named after a soccer chant), called his
 candidates the Azzurri (''the Blues,'' nickname of the national team) and
 in 1994 got himself elected prime minister. The far-right Austrian
 politician Jorg Haider has buffed up his image as a regular guy by
 presiding over the FC K* rnten soccer club; Brazilian politicians
 habitually campaign in shirts of favorite clubs; and in British local
 elections this month the town of Hartlepool, given its first chance to
 elect a mayor, rejected the ruling Labour Party candidate in favor of the
 local soccer team's mascot, a man in a monkey suit.

 But perhaps the best place to observe the interplay of soccer and
 politics today is Argentina, whose national team has won two World Cups
 and is the joint favorite with France to win this one, and whose economy
 is plunged into a depression deeper than that of the U.S. in the 1930's.

 On a gray English day last November, a mustachioed Argentine
 multimillionaire named Mauricio Macri visited Oxford University. Like
 Berlusconi in Italy, Macri took over a struggling soccer club -- Boca
 Juniors from Buenos Aires, which became for a time the best in Latin
 America. Now, seven years later, Macri has decided to enter politics, and
 over a lunch of soggy chops, he explained that he would first try for
 governor of Buenos Aires, and after that, who knew?

 A month after this conversation, the Argentine peso collapsed. The
 country's middle 

FW: [bytesforall_readers] Linking a diverse country: mailing-lists in India

2002-05-03 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: Frederick Noronha [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: May 1, 2002 11:26 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: [bytesforall_readers] Linking a diverse country: mailing-lists
in India


LINKING A DIVERSE COUNTRY: MAILING LISTS IN INDIA

By Frederick Noronha
[EMAIL PROTECTED]

They're less glamourous than web-sites, at first glance don't seem as
obviously useful as e-mail, and definitely not as luring as chat. Yet, the
simple but priceless tool of mailing-lists, which comes from an earlier
Internet era, has an important role to play in a vast and diverse country
like India.

This is clearly shown from experiences from the field.

From pointers to locate texts in Sanskrit, to developmental information use
to India, expats chatting and fighting via the Net, news from a range of
sources, and even GNU/Linux techies sharing vital information ... all this
and more is making itself available on India-related mailing lists.

Mailing-lists are indeed a treasure trove of information, and vitally useful
for a country like India. Inexpensive to operate, a well-run list can bring
in immense results. Setting up a list is easy, but keeping it going is
difficult.

Says Jeanu J Mathews, based in the US: Internet-based mailing lists have
all the standard conveniences that anything based on the Internet has. But
above and beyond that (some like the) SAJA (South Asian Journalists
Association, run by Prof Sreenath Sreenivasan of Columbia University) is an
excellent networking vehicle and the members, though often close-minded in
their outlooks, are very helpful to aspiring journalists such as myself. I
am very greatful for the same.

Mailing-lists are seldom advertised. You probably won't find a directory for
them. But the good ones get noticed fast. These grow in popularity through
word-of-mouth.

Today, there are 'families' of mailing-lists like the Indnet.org network
which offers lists guiding you about emigration law, economic news, plain
discussion, headline-news about India, library science, an employment
bulletin, and even a matrimonial digest. Some have upto 5000+ members.

First the basics. A mailing list -- or discussion list -- comprises a group
of people that read each others emails.  Subscribers to a mailing list send
messages to one central email address. A special software program then
distributes this message among dozens or hundreds of the list's subscribers.

This means certain advantages. It's like having a meeting which goes on
forever without tiring you (hopefully). Besides, your meeting allows
everyone to talk whenever convenient to you, without cutting into someone
else's time. You intervene when you please, and at your own convenience.
Most interestingly, once set up, all this cost very little money. (Free
list-hosting sites offer certain services, though these are showing signs of
being curtailed.)

If lists can be so useful, why has India overlooked the potential of the
humble mailing list?

One reason could be that when the Net first opened up in India in mid-1997,
the allpowerful and fashionable web-site was already making waves.
Mailing-lists were in the news internationally perhaps in the early and
mid-nineties. We in India too went along with the 'fad' of the times, rather
than exploring the potential of this appropriate tool. Perhaps it also took
time to understand what mailing lists were all about.

Then too, you need time, perserverence and patience to build up a mailing
list. As one would guess, there's little money in this tool -- though its
potential to build community, share information, link up people and even
mobilise action sometimes is immense.

In the 'nineties, the IndiaLink network of NGOs set up a handful of
interesting lists, like the IL-environment. This linked green campaigners
across the country, from the humble concerned citizens to persons like
union minister Maneka Gandhi and wildlife campaigner from Mumbai Bittu
Sehgal. But lists tend to be unpredictable, and these fell into disuse.

Social campaigners have been quick to realise the potential of software.
Harsh Kapoor based in France runs an interesting mailing list that seeks to
campaign against the increased communal polarisation of a civilization known
as India. Kapoor's SACW is an informal, independent an non-profit citizens
wire service run by South Asia Citizens Web (http://www.mnet.fr/aiindex)
since 1996.

In the past couple of years, many across India have realised the potential
of unglamourous mailing lists, if necessary using free list-sites. Like
yahoogroups.com. Search this site, and you could get a few hundred lists
with the word India prominently listed in them.

But this is not enough.

Says New York-based UNDP policy analyst Vikas Nath [EMAIL PROTECTED]:
Somehow South Asia has not picked up on mailing lists inspite of having
good connectivity in comparison to other regions. I guess, the problem is
with find good lead organisations to start mailing lists. Looking at India:
most of 

The demise of on-line learning institutions

2002-05-02 Thread Michael Gurstein

A very interesting but Times/superficial account of the demise of on-line
learning institutions.

I was a participant/witness to the Canadian version of On-LineU.com (the
late and only infrequently lamented Technical University of British
Columbia/TechBC).

There is, IMHO the nub of a very good and useful idea in On-Line learning
and even On-Line Universities.  Some things lend themselves directly to that
format (many technical areas for example); it provides access to quality
materials to those who might otherwise have difficulty in   obtaining these;
it can, under some circumstances, democratize a variety of needlessly
restrictive  training/accreditation processes; among others.

There are however a number of unresolved issues that, apart from the
bubble/speculative/DotCom nature of the initial investments directly inhibit
the success of these ventures including--the lack of a useful pedagogy for
on-line learning (as for example the relative role and appropriate
application of real-time/synchronous interaction vs. asynchronous
interaction); the funding model for course development (all the way from the
UK Open U.'s $million courses, to P.U.'s slapping the syllabus on the web
with a web conference or elist attachment); the funding model for course
delivery (the rule of thumb is that on-line courses represent 1.5 to 3 times
the amount of instructor time and attention, something which supporting
institutions were completely unwilling to recognize); the business model for
course sale (all the way from attempting to charge a premium for on-line
courses !?!, to giving them away for free; and accreditation (most U.'s that
went on-line were really just attempting to peddle their off-line degree
granting accreditation into a new market--not surprisingly, that business
model very quickly ran into major snags as per those in the article).

Once the smoke clears and the Captain Ahab academic entrepreneurs move onto
the next big thing, there will probably emerge a very valuable and
ultimately extremely large on-line teaching sector which when the pedagogy
(and technology) is worked out, will IMHO give a lot of marginal f2f U. and
college programs some direct and useful competition.

Mike Gurstein


http://www.nytimes.com/2002/05/02/technology/circuits/02DIST.html

THE NEW YORK TIMES
May 2, 2002

Lessons Learned at Dot-Com U.

By KATIE HAFNER

GO to Fathom.com and you will encounter a veritable trove of online courses
about Shakespeare. You can enroll in Modern Film Adaptations of
Shakespeare, offered by the American Film Institute, or Shakespeare and
Management, taught by a member of the Columbia Business School faculty.

The site is by no means confined to courses on Shakespeare. You can also
treat yourself to a seminar called Bioacoustics: Cetaceans and Seeing
Sounds, taught by a
scientist from the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution.

Or if yours is a more public-policy-minded intellect, you can sign up for
Capital Punishment in the United States, a seminar with experts from
Cambridge University Press, Columbia University and the University of
Chicago.

What's more, all are free.

That part was not always the plan. Fathom, a start-up financed by Columbia,
was founded two years ago with the goal of making a profit by offering
online courses over
the Internet. But after spending more than $25 million on the venture,
Columbia has found decidedly little interest among prospective students in
paying for the semester-length courses.

Now Fathom is taking a new approach, one that its chief executive likens to
giving away free samples to entice customers.

Call it the Morning After phenomenon. In the last few years, prestigious
universities rushed to start profit-seeking spinoffs, independent divisions
that were going to develop online courses. The idea, fueled by the belief
that students need not be physically present to receive a high-quality
education, went beyond the mere introduction of online tools into
traditional classes.

The notion was that there were prospective students out there, far beyond
the university's walls, for whom distance education was the answer. Whether
they were 18-year-olds seeking college degrees or 50-year-olds longing to
sound smart at cocktail parties, students
would flock to the Web by the tens of thousands, paying tuitions comparable
to those charged in
the bricks-and-mortarboard world - or so the thinking went.

University presidents got dollars in their eyes and figured the way the
university was going to ride the dot-com wave was through distance
learning, said Lev S. Gonick, vice
president for information services and chief information officer at Case
Western Reserve
University in Cleveland. They got swept up.

American universities have spent at least $100 million on Web-based course
offerings, according to Eduventures, an education research firm in Boston.

Now the groves of academe are littered with the detritus of failed
e-learning start-ups as those same universities struggle 

FW: The brutal fact of US inequality

2002-04-30 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of radtimes
Sent: April 28, 2002 4:30 PM
To: Recipient list suppressed
Subject: The brutal fact of US inequality


The brutal fact of US inequality

http://www.observer.co.uk/comment/story/0,6903,706484,00.html

Log cabin to White House? Not any more

The State We're In, Will Hutton's explosive analysis of the British economy,
caused a storm and became an instant bestseller seven years ago. Now, in The
World We're In, he turns his attention to the global picture. In this
exclusive extract he argues that the US can no longer lay claim to being the
land of opportunity

Sunday April 28, 2002
The Observer

America is the most unequal society in the industrialised West. The richest
20 per cent of Americans earn nine times more than the poorest 20 per cent,
a
scale of inequality half as great again as in Japan, Germany and France. At
the very top of American society, incomes and wealth have reached stupendous
proportions. The country boasts some three million millionaires, and the
richest 1 per cent of the population hold 38 per cent of its wealth, a
concentration more marked than in any comparable country.

This inequality is the most brutal fact of American life. Nor is it excused
by more mobility and opportunity than other societies, America's great
conceit. The reality is that US society is polarising and its social
arteries
hardening. The sumptuousness and bleakness of the respective lifestyles of
rich and poor represent a scale of difference in opportunity and wealth that
is almost medieval - and a standing offence to the American expectation that
everyone has the opportunity for life, liberty and happiness.

The chief means by which contemporary Western societies offer their citizens
a chance to reach reasonable living standards and move up the social and
economic hierarchy is education. At first sight, the US does well. In the
schooling system, its fourth-grade students (the fourth year of primary
school) do better than their international counterparts, and 37 per cent of
its 18- to 21-year-olds go through higher education, one of the highest
proportions in the industrialised West. Moreover, the US's university
standards, especially in the top 50, are on average the best in the world.
Salaries are high and the research record excellent.

But take a closer look, using more stringent criteria. As a system that
offers every American a chance for educational achievement and the
acquisition of formal academic or vocational qualifications - the key
instrument for social mobility - the US structure fails. By twelfth grade
(the year after GCSE), American students are falling behind their
international peers, especially in mathematics and science.

And while in Germany, for example, 80 per cent of school-leavers go on to
receive either vocational training or a degree and all except 1 per cent
receive formal post-secondary education or training, in the US 46 per cent
of
school-leavers gain no certificate or degree - and an extraordinary 31 per
cent have never received formal training or education after leaving school.

The message is stark. Those Americans who do not get to college are pushed
into the labour market with a poverty of skills, educational and vocational
training. Those who do get to college are overwhelmingly students from the
higher socio-economic backgrounds, just as they always have been; a study in
1965 found that two-thirds of the explanation for educational achievement
was
accounted for by family income; a study 30 years later found exactly the
same
figure.

As inequality grows, the grip of the wealthy on educational advantage
becomes
ever more evident, for the cost of going to university over the last 25
years
has exploded. The average cost of tuition fees and room and board has risen
fourfold since 1977 to an average of $10,315 (£7,264) today; the overall
average masks a stark contrast between the average cost of study at private
universities at $17,613 (£12,403) and public universities at $7,013
(£4,938).

Yet as costs have risen, federal and state support to help fund students'
costs has both declined, and been refocused on the middle class. In 1965,
the
Pell grant, the largest federal programme for poor students, covered 85 per
cent of the cost of four years at a public university; in 2000, it covered
just 39 per cent of the bill. Meanwhile, the Hope Scholarship, introduced by
President Clinton, provides up to $3,000 of tax credits to fund university
education but it goes mainly to families earning between $30,000 and $90,000
(£21,126 to £63,380) whose children would have gone to college anyway.
States
have cut their support on average by 32 per cent since 1979.

The result of this vicious scissor movement - rising costs cutting against
falling state and federal support - is a calamitous drop in the chances of a
poor student acquiring a university degree, and this in an environment where
there are 

FW: toc--Jobless at 20 million, China confronts grim job situation (ChinaDaily)

2002-04-30 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of James Beniger
Sent: April 28, 2002 10:31 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: toc--Jobless at 20 million, China confronts grim job
situation (ChinaDaily)





---
  Copyright 2002 China Daily chinadaily.com.cn
---
 http://www1.chinadaily.com.cn/news/2002-04-29/67793.html

 04/29/2002


   Jobless to hit 20 million, China confronts grim job situation


 In the coming four years, China is likely to experience the most serious
 unemployment pressures it has ever faced, with the country expecting to
 see the jobless numbers rise to more than 20 million, a top labour
 official warned Sunday.

 Wang Dongjin, vice-minister of labour and social security, said an
 excessive labour supply coupled with pressures caused by obsolete job
 skills has resulted in a grim employment situation in China.

 The country is facing a serious oversupply of labour, with the number of
 people coming into the labour market reaching an unprecedented peak, Wang
 said.

 China may see an annual average of 12 million to 13 million new workers
 entering the labour market over the next few years, in addition to 5
 million workers laid off by State-owned enterprises and 6.8 million
 registered jobless people by the end of last year.

 There are also about 150 million surplus rural labourers who are flooding
 into cities looking for jobs.

 But it is estimated that only 8 million jobs can be generated annually
 over this period, even with the country's current economic growth rate
 (of about 7 per cent), Wang said.

 He warned that it is a pressing and urgent task to tackle the worsening
 situation, as it could well undermine social stability.

 The vice-minister's warning came yesterday at a seminar entitled
 Proposals for Improving Employment and Re-employment.

 Over 100 labour experts and scholars as well as government officials
 attended the one-day event, organized by the ministry's Institute for
 Labour Studies.

 Wang said that to make the employment situation much worse, the present
 unemployment problem mainly results from the fact that the unemployed
 come from areas of low job skills.

 Most of the laid-off and jobless people are low-skilled and/or
 middle-aged workers with relatively poor education who were employed in
 traditional sectors such as coal, textile and machinery industries, in
 which the technology has changed.

 It is very hard for these people to get jobs in new industries requiring
 high education and skills, according to Wang.

 He stressed that this employment problem resulting from technological
 change may be aggravated in the short term although the country's
 accession to the World Trade Organization (WTO) may help increase job
 opportunities in the long term.

 An increasing number of surplus rural labourers are to be expected from
 the farming sector as a result of China's entry into the WTO and the
 worsening world economic environment since the September 11 incidents in
 the United States, adding to already high employment pressure, Wang said.

 Wang Yingcai, a senior inspector with the Department of Training and
 Employment under the ministry, disclosed that the State Council, China's
 cabinet, is planning to hold a national conference this year to hammer
 out new policies and ways to generate jobs.

 The decision was made by Premier Zhu Rongji at a March 9 State Council
 meeting and the specific date has yet to be decided, he said.

 Wang Yingcai said his ministry has sent out eight inspection and research
 teams nationwide to make preparations for the conference.

 The inspector called for greater efforts from academic circles to help
 the government tackle the rising challenge, which he forecast will
 continue for a very long time in the country.


 http://www1.chinadaily.com.cn/news/2002-04-29/67793.html
---
  Copyright 2002 China Daily chinadaily.com.cn
---


***




RE: Reality of money (was RE: Computers: our downfall (wasRe: Privatizing the Public: Whose agenda? At What Cost?)

2002-04-21 Thread Michael Gurstein

Actually I was just reacting to your use of the term real money...  I'm
sure there have been transactions/exchanges since time immemorial, I would
be surprised if it wasn't found to be primate behaviour and not exclusively
human.

Abstracting from those exchanges to understand them as involving exchanges
of value and not simply goods probably followed along in due time, and
likely was more or less contemporary with similar processes around language
(and may even have been associated).

But few even now I would guess would say there was much catness (i.e.
reality) about the word cat, beyond the social convention of all of us
agreeing to call a particular set of observable experiencable
characteristics a cat.

MG

-Original Message-
From: Keith Hudson [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: April 21, 2002 9:58 AM
To: Michael Gurstein
Subject: RE: Reality of money (was RE: Computers: our downfall (wasRe:
Privatizing the Public: Whose agenda? At What Cost?)


At 08:18 21/04/02 -0400, you wrote:
Hmmm

Rocks are real, we can stub our toes on them; coins are real, we can
choke on them, or throw them at dogs urinating on our lawns (forgive me
Bishop Berkeley). Money, like other forms of totem worship is a social
convention.

MG

...

Money has been real for at least 5,000 years, and very probably longer,
ever since man traded beyond the confines of his local community. Except
for natural disasters like droughts or famines, different forms of money
have held their value for very long periods of time (except when government
intervenes). If, as it now turns out, you want to reinterpret all known
history and all known cultures as having been prey to a social convention
and not an economic necessity, then so be it.

KH




__
Writers used to write because they had something to say; now they write in
order to discover if they have something to say. John D. Barrow
_
Keith Hudson, Bath, England;  e-mail: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
_




FW: [extreme] on heterogeneous societies

2002-04-21 Thread Michael Gurstein

I knew I saw something about this...

M

-Original Message-
From: Tom Ritchford [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: April 13, 2002 12:05 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: [extreme] on heterogeneous societies


http://www.theatlantic.com/issues/2002/04/rauch.htm

modelling societies, mathematically.  lots of really
interesting ideas in this one.





RE: Computers: our downfall (wasRe: Privatizing the Public: Whose agenda? At What Cost?)

2002-04-20 Thread Michael Gurstein


Real money?

M

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: April 20, 2002 3:46 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Computers: our downfall (wasRe: Privatizing the Public: Whose
agenda? At What Cost?)


The discussion about computers is interesting, but what is not realised is
that one of the present-day uses of computers is going to be our downfall.

At present, the use of computers in the field of finance is producing a
world which is as unreal as the computer games that my grandchildren play.

Computers have allowed a world of finance to be created in which 49/50ths
of all the money in the world is really only created within computers,
and doesn't exist at all. When the chips are down -- and it cannot be long
delayed --  we will discover that a great deal of it has vanished. And can
never be recreated while the present financial regime exists.

It will vanish in the developed countries of America, Europe and East Asia
in exactly the same way as most of the money in Japan has already
vanished. That is, almost all the Japanese banks, as well as their
government, as well as most of their major corporations, as well as many
ordinary Japanese, are broke. They are more than broke. They all have debts
that can never be repaid with the insufficient quantity of real money
that's available. Their banks have assets that have only a fraction of
the value that they are supposed to have. Japan has been treading water --
indeed, sinking -- for the past 10 years. The rest of the world is not far
away from following suit.

The amount of money that is being circulated around the world every year
is about 50 times the value of goods that are created. Ergo: most of it
isn't real money at all. It consists of future options, packaged debts,
fictionalised collateral, promises, sophisticated algorithms, hopes and
fears dressed up as expert strategies, and what-have-you. One thing is for
certain -- it isn't money.

The use of computers has allowed the creation of credit which has now
ballooned so greatly that it only has a flimsy contact with the everyday
world of work and value creation.

The world of the Italian Renaissance in which private banks could create
credit was pretty risky, but at the end of the day only individual bankers
and their own customers suffered.

The world of fiat money of the last century in which governments could
create credit at will was much riskier, but at the end of the day only the
populations of individual countries suffered.

The world of computer-created credit which has come into existence in the
last decade or two is the riskiest game of all so far. It has now captured
all the investment banks of the world and at the end of the day the whole
world will suffer.

The Finance Ministers of the developed countries are meeting today in
America wearing their IMF/World Bank hats. You can bet your life that they
will be talking about this unreal (and growing) situation. You can bet your
life that they know that all the central banks of the world added together
can do nothing to prevent it. But you won't hear about this interesting
discussion from the press releases. They won't want to frighten the horses.

That's enough from me this morning.  My teapot is empty, and I have to walk
my dog.

Keith Hudson





__
Writers used to write because they had something to say; now they write in
order to discover if they have something to say. John D. Barrow
_
Keith Hudson, Bath, England;  e-mail: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
_




RE: Privatizing the Public: Whose agenda? At What Cost?

2002-04-20 Thread Michael Gurstein


The Tamagouchi are/were those pocket electronic pets which required
attention/feeding/etc.  If they didn't get this they died... Sort of
robotic pets with a range of pet like behaviours/responses built in... They
were a big fad first among Japanese and then NAm pre-teen/early teens for a
while.

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Lawrence
DeBivort
Sent: April 20, 2002 12:03 AM
To: Michael Gurstein; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: RE: Privatizing the Public: Whose agenda? At What Cost?


Greetings, Mike,

I am a great fan of Sims programs, but found The Sims pretty weak, in terms
of the variety of goals or 'values' that one could program into them. The
focus was on material acquisition, and as long as they stayed alive,
promotion.  i think these weaknesses reflected not any lack of verve on the
part of the programmers, but the complexity and dioversity of real life, and
the difficulty of capturing that in a model.

What is Tamgouchi?  Do you recommend taking a look at it?

Lawry


  (Think Tamagouchi and the Sims as primitive examples)...




RE: Computers: our downfall (wasRe: Privatizing the Public: Whose agenda? At What Cost?)

2002-04-20 Thread Michael Gurstein

I think I should have written real money?

Isn't all money simply a set of conventions wrapped around beliefs in the
form of tokens.  Credit simply takes that to one further stage of
abstraction, and e-money credit only dematerializes this further.

We can tie values down and link them to real exchanges and then abstract
that up, but talking about real in these terms seems to me to be about as
empty and pointless (and fairly dripping with ideological assumptions) as
talking about the real nature of humankind.

Whoops sorry, that's another discussion.

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: April 20, 2002 12:45 PM
To: Michael Gurstein
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: RE: Computers: our downfall (wasRe: Privatizing the Public:
Whose agenda? At What Cost?)


At 10:41 20/04/02 -0400, you wrote:

Real money?

M

No, of course it isn't.

Most of the money that's bouncing backwards and forwards around the
world, and a very great deal of the money in the accounts of large
companies is no more real than the debit balance on your monthly credit
card statement.

It's yet to be earned.

But it's this that has been sustaining the financial world for the last two
decades ever since the creation of credit escaped from the central banks.
The problem is that it is growing all the time at a far faster rate than
real economic growth.

Several times faster.

Sometime soon the reality curve will cross the credit curve, and then the
governments' and banks' coffers will be empty and the economies of the
western world will grind to a halt.

Just like Japan today.

And the central banks will not know what to do.

Except, of course, to start all over again with a world currency that's
tied down with bands of iron to real economic growth and not cloud-cuckoo
land.

But that will take at least 10, or 15, or 20 years for politicians to
accept -- I guess.

K




-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: April 20, 2002 3:46 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Computers: our downfall (wasRe: Privatizing the Public: Whose
agenda? At What Cost?)


The discussion about computers is interesting, but what is not realised is
that one of the present-day uses of computers is going to be our downfall.

At present, the use of computers in the field of finance is producing a
world which is as unreal as the computer games that my grandchildren play.

Computers have allowed a world of finance to be created in which 49/50ths
of all the money in the world is really only created within computers,
and doesn't exist at all. When the chips are down -- and it cannot be long
delayed --  we will discover that a great deal of it has vanished. And can
never be recreated while the present financial regime exists.

It will vanish in the developed countries of America, Europe and East Asia
in exactly the same way as most of the money in Japan has already
vanished. That is, almost all the Japanese banks, as well as their
government, as well as most of their major corporations, as well as many
ordinary Japanese, are broke. They are more than broke. They all have debts
that can never be repaid with the insufficient quantity of real money
that's available. Their banks have assets that have only a fraction of
the value that they are supposed to have. Japan has been treading water --
indeed, sinking -- for the past 10 years. The rest of the world is not far
away from following suit.

The amount of money that is being circulated around the world every year
is about 50 times the value of goods that are created. Ergo: most of it
isn't real money at all. It consists of future options, packaged debts,
fictionalised collateral, promises, sophisticated algorithms, hopes and
fears dressed up as expert strategies, and what-have-you. One thing is for
certain -- it isn't money.

The use of computers has allowed the creation of credit which has now
ballooned so greatly that it only has a flimsy contact with the everyday
world of work and value creation.

The world of the Italian Renaissance in which private banks could create
credit was pretty risky, but at the end of the day only individual bankers
and their own customers suffered.

The world of fiat money of the last century in which governments could
create credit at will was much riskier, but at the end of the day only the
populations of individual countries suffered.

The world of computer-created credit which has come into existence in the
last decade or two is the riskiest game of all so far. It has now captured
all the investment banks of the world and at the end of the day the whole
world will suffer.

The Finance Ministers of the developed countries are meeting today in
America wearing their IMF/World Bank hats. You can bet your life that they
will be talking about this unreal (and growing) situation. You can bet your
life that they know that all the central banks of the world added

RE: Privatizing the Public: Whose agenda? At What Cost?

2002-04-19 Thread Michael Gurstein

I haven't been tracking it very closely, but there is an emerging field of
Information Systems studies which is looking at what is being called
Artificial Life. In this there is the designing of artificial organisms
which live only within computers.  They have a variety of the
characteristics of real organisms including the capacity to reproduce and so
on.  It seems that the most recent development in the field is that the
organisms are given some of the social characteristics of humans and they
are left to see how they organize themselves into communities/societies.

(Think Tamagouchi and the Sims as primitive examples)...

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Ed Weick
Sent: April 19, 2002 4:03 PM
To: Selma Singer; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Re: Privatizing the Public: Whose agenda? At What Cost?



Selma Singer:

 I find the whole idea of using technological tools to help devise better
 social structure, very, very exciting. As long as the techology is seen as
a
 TOOL for human purposes, that is.

 Why would it not be possible to feed a computer the kinds of outcomes one
 would want to see and what characteristics the behavior would exhibit and
 have the computer HELP us think about that. I'm not saying the computer
 would necessarily be able to devise those structures but it very well may
be
 able to help us in our thinking about the strategies we would need to
 employ, especially in getting from where we are now to where we might want
 to be.


Computers can be helpful but are limited.  The are most helpful where cause
and effect linkages are known, or even known with considerable imprecission.
For example, economists use them to predict the effects of changes in
interest rates, the IPCC has used them to predict the consequences of
climate change, and environmental scientists can use them to determine the
changes in streamflow characterisics and other variables in the case of an
impeded waterway.  So some specific cause/effect relationships can be
modelled and predicted, using computers.  However, I don't think you can go
beyond that and use computers to predict change in society as a whole or to
somehow model positive social change.  It's just too complicated, recursive
and uncertain, and there is often little agreement on the positives and
negatives of change.  I'm afraid we'll just have to lurch on with a little
support from the microchip, but not very much.

Ed Weick






FW: The British Columbia Aboriginal Rights Referendum

2002-04-16 Thread Michael Gurstein


This below is the set of questions put out by Elections BC, a
non-partisan Office of the Legislature of the Government of British
Columbia as a referendum on the principles to guide the province's approach
to treaty negotiations with Canada and First Nations in British
Columbia.

My opinions on the issue of Aboriginal Rights and Treaties are complex and
beside the point, however, the complete lack of neutrality in this appalling
piece of rubbish is an embarrassment to any professional social scientist
(not to speak of anyone who believes in the democratic process!).

Concerned citizens in British Columbia are boycotting the referendum or
planning to spoil their ballots.  I think it would not be untoward for
professional social scientists world wide to look to their organizations to
pass resolutions disavowing the contempt for democracy and for professional
methods of opinion gathering indicated by this effort and condemning the
Government of British Columbia for besmirching its democratic traditions in
this way.

Letters to the Premier and the local newspaper as below might also be useful
as indicating that such a complete lack of professionalism and ad herence to
the spirit of democracy shames BC before the entire world.

Michael Gurstein, Ph.D.
NYC and Vancouver BC

-
-

Whereas the Government of British Columbia is committed to negotiating
workable, affordable treaty settlements that will provide certainty,
finality and equality:

Do you agree that the Provincial Government should adopt the following
principles to guide its participation in treaty negotiations?

1. Private property should not be expropriated for treaty settlements.
Y   N

2. The terms and conditions of leases and licenses should be respected; fair
compensation for unavoidable disruption of commercial interests should be
ensured.Y   N

3. Hunting, fishing and recreational opportunities on Crown land should be
ensured for all British Columbians.
 Y   N

4. Parks and protected areas should be maintained for the use and benefit of
all British Columbians.
 Y   N

5. Province-wide standards of resource management and environmental
protection should continue to apply.   
 Y   N

6. Aboriginal self-government should have the characteristics of local
government, with powers delegated from Canada and British Columbia.
 Y   N

7. Treaties should include mechanisms for harmonizing land use planning
between Aboriginal governments and neighbouring local governments.

8. The existing tax exemptions for Aboriginal people should be phased out. Y
N

(Mark your choice for each statement by marking a X in the Yes or No box
beside question 1 to 8.)
--
--

Those who wish to comment on the above might want to send emails to

[EMAIL PROTECTED]
(Tel. 1-800-661-8683)

with copies to:

The Premier: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
The Vancouver Sun (newspaper) letters to the editor:
[EMAIL PROTECTED]

http://www.elections.bc.ca/referendum/referendum_main.html
http://www.treatyreferendum.ca/principl.htm





RE: Three views of human nature + New question for economists and capitalists

2002-03-30 Thread Michael Gurstein

This sounds to me like a very old-fashioned employer/work
environment/analysis...

The current employer strategy is to attempt to break down work activities in
such a way as to contract with the employee to provide certain specified
outputs with appropriate levels of quality etc.etc. For this the employer
undertakes to pay the employee/contractor (the current buzz term in a lot of
areas seems to be Associate--drawn from Walmart) a certain fixed amount.
The employer/contractee doesn't care how the contract was fulfilled whether
it was in your case done in  2 hours with 6 hours of futzing or in 10
hours of straight work time...

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Brad
McCormick, Ed.D.
Sent: March 30, 2002 7:17 AM
To: Thomas Lunde
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Re: Three views of human nature + New question for economists
and capitalists


Suppose a worker produces X value at Y cost if the employee
does not misuse his or her workstation for personal
purposes.  Now suppose the same worker produces X+X'
value at Y+Y' cost, where Y' is less than X', if the
worker mis-uses the workstation for personal purposes
during the workday. Which alternative is preferable:
The purity of the process of extraction of surplus value
(no employee rogue redirection of the means of production),
or the maximization of surplus value (where part of the price
of achieving this maximum profit is that the employee
steal some resources from his or her employer?

This is not a hypothetical question.  A quality assurance
programmer's work, e.g., can be so frustrating and
oppressive that the worker really gets more work
done in an 8 hour day if the worker
spends (say...) 2 hours doing personal things
on the Internet (e.g., looking at porn...) and
6 hours doing work tasks, than if the worker does
8 hours of work tasks and 0 time doing
personal things.

What do you think?

\brad mccormick

--
  Let your light so shine before men,
  that they may see your good works (Matt 5:16)

  Prove all things; hold fast that which is good. (1 Thes 5:21)

![%THINK;[SGML+APL]] Brad McCormick, Ed.D. / [EMAIL PROTECTED]
-
  Visit my website == http://www.users.cloud9.net/~bradmcc/




FW: Public Accountability

2002-03-20 Thread Michael Gurstein


This looks like a great idea, endorsed by some excellent folks.

M

-Original Message-
From: Henry McCandless [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: March 20, 2002 8:06 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Public Accountability


Michael Gurstein,

I am writing to draw your attention to a published Guide for citizens who
are concerned about public accountability in areas of responsibility such as
social justice, health, education, information or any other major
public-interest area. Garth Graham, consultant in community online, gave me
your email address as someone who might be interested in the Guide.

The title is A Citizen¹s Guide to Public Accountability: Changing the
Relationship Between Citizens and Authorities, authored by Henry E.
McCandless and co-published by Trafford Publishing and the Citizens¹ Circle
for Accountability (CCA), both of Victoria, BC. The Foreword is by Dr.
Ursula Franklin.

Wherever citizens can identify important responsibilities that affect the
public in important ways (responsibility being the obligation to act), there
co-exists the obligation by those with the responsibilities to answer to the
public for the discharge of their responsibilities. In other words, they are
to explain publicly what they intend, for whom, and why; the performance
standards they intend for themselves; what they actually did and what their
outcomes were, as the authority sees them; and how they applied the learning
to be gained.  The Citizen¹s Guide explains what public accountability means
and how to exact from authorities the public answering that citizens need
but which the authorities don¹t or won¹t provide. A citizen¹s guide is
needed because present legislation in all jurisdictions is weak to
non-existent in requiring adequate answering from authorities.

The Guide sets out general principles of public accountability and a set of
reasonable standards for public answering by authorities.  These principles
and standards are also laid out on the CCA¹s web site, at
www.accountabilitycircle.org.  In terms of help to citizens, the CCA has
several convenors representing accountability expertise in various
disciplines. The web site gives a general introduction to public
accountability, sets out what citizens are entitled to in public answering,
and explains citizen audit as a last-resort strategy when authorities won¹t
answer and elected representatives won¹t make them answer. The CCA web site
also launches the Journal of Public Accountability as a forum for the
exchange of ideas on accountability and as a means of raising and dealing
with important accountability issues emerging after September 2001, the
cut-off for the text of the published Guide.

I hope this is useful to you, and that you might forward this note to
interested others.

sincerely,

Henry McCandless





FW: [ffdngocaucus] NYTimes.com Article: Missing James Tobin

2002-03-12 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: March 12, 2002 1:13 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: [ffdngocaucus] NYTimes.com Article: Missing James Tobin


This article from NYTimes.com
has been sent to you by [EMAIL PROTECTED]


Tobin's death will create more public debate on the Currency Transaction Tax
idea, not all of it positive. Note Paul Krugman's assessment of Tobin's
reaction to debate on his idea from today's New York Times... Someone from
the CTT group may want to respond to the Times on this point.

Peter O'Driscoll
Center of Concern

[EMAIL PROTECTED]

/ advertisement ---\


Presenting the reloadable Starbucks Card.

The Starbucks Card is reloadable from $5 - $500. Fill it up. Use
it. Use it. Then, fill it up again.
https://www.starbucks.com/shop/reload.asp?ci=672

\--/


Missing James Tobin

March 12, 2002

By PAUL KRUGMAN




James Tobin - Yale professor, Nobel laureate and adviser to
John F. Kennedy - died yesterday. He was a great economist
and a remarkably good man; his passing seems to me to
symbolize the passing of an era, one in which economic
debate was both nicer and a lot more honest than it is
today.

Mr. Tobin was one of those economic theorists whose
influence reaches so far that many people who have never
heard of him are nonetheless his disciples. He was also,
however, a public figure, for a time the most prominent
advocate of an ideology we might call free-market
Keynesianism - a belief that markets are fine things, but
that they work best if the government stands ready to limit
their excesses. In a way, Mr. Tobin was the original New
Democrat; it's ironic that some of his essentially moderate
ideas have lately been hijacked by extremists right and
left.

Mr. Tobin was one of the economists who brought the
Keynesian revolution to America. Before that revolution,
there seemed to be no middle ground in economics between
laissez- faire fatalism and heavy-handed government
intervention - and with laissez-faire policies widely
blamed for the Great Depression, it was hard to see how
free-market economics could survive. John Maynard Keynes
changed all that: with judicious use of monetary and fiscal
policy, he suggested, a free-market system could avoid
future depressions.

What did James Tobin add? Basically, he took the crude,
mechanistic Keynesianism prevalent in the 1940's and
transformed it into a far more sophisticated doctrine, one
that focused on the tradeoffs investors make as they
balance risk, return and liquidity.

In the 1960's Mr. Tobin's sophisticated Keynesianism made
him the best-known intellectual opponent of Milton
Friedman, then the advocate of a rival (and rather naïve)
doctrine known as monetarism. For what it's worth, Mr.
Friedman's insistence that changes in the money supply
explain all of the economy's ups and downs has not stood
the test of time; Mr. Tobin's focus on asset prices as the
driving force behind economic fluctuations has never looked
better. (Mr. Friedman is himself a great economist - but
his reputation now rests on other work.)

But Mr. Tobin is probably best known today for two policy
ideas, both of which have been hijacked - his own word - by
people whose political views he did not share.

First, Mr. Tobin was the intellectual force behind the
Kennedy tax cut, which started the boom of the 1960's. The
irony is that nowadays that tax cut is usually praised by
hard-line conservatives, who regard such cuts as an elixir
for whatever ails you. Mr. Tobin did not agree. In fact I
was on a panel with him just last week, where he argued
strongly that the current situation called for more
domestic spending, not more tax cuts.

Second, back in 1972 Mr. Tobin proposed that governments
levy a small tax on foreign exchange transactions, as a way
to discourage destabilizing speculation. He thought of this
tax as a way to help promote free trade, by assuring
countries that they could open their markets without
exposing themselves to disruptive movements of hot money.
Again, irony: the Tobin tax has become a favorite of
hard-line opponents of free trade, especially the French
group Attac. As Mr. Tobin declared, the loudest applause
is coming from the wrong side.

Why do I feel that Mr. Tobin's passing marks the end of an
era? Consider that Kennedy Council of Economic Advisers,
the most remarkable collection of economic talent to serve
the U.S. government since Alexander Hamilton pondered
alone. Mr. Tobin, incredibly, was only one of three future
Nobelists then working at the council. Would such a group
be possible today?

I doubt it. When Mr. Tobin went to Washington, top
economists weren't subject to strict political litmus tests
- and it would never have occurred to them that the job
description included saying things that were manifestly
untrue. Need I say more?

Yesterday I spoke with 

RE: (Long) Beyond the Digital Divide: Enabling the Community withInformation and Communications Technologies

2002-03-09 Thread Michael Gurstein

Thomas, you don't ask easy ones do you...

I've been thinking a lot about this question for a number of years and there
is an on-going discussion around these issues on the Community Informatics
list [EMAIL PROTECTED] that I host...

I don't think the issue is binary (either/or) in any direction--either
community/no-community; nor physical community/virtual community.  Rather I
think, that each of us lives in multiple communities of greater or lesser
levels of intensity/integration.  I also think though, that some people
live much more actively in their physical communities than in virtual
communities (poorer people, older people, people in rural villages, people
in less developed countries) while some people live more or less totally in
virtual communities or communities of interest/practice (upscale urban
dwellers and the like for example).

Also, I think we turn naturally to our physical communities (including our
families) when we have them, for certain things and particularly in times of
need or times of crisis.

Community based strategies supportive of technology use/application in this
regard then are primarily of interest to those more involved with their
physical communities and similarly responses (or non-responses) to the
Digital Divide issues reasonably are directed towards enabling access
through physical communities, the assumption being that the more mobile and
those with few ties to a physical community will already have the resources
to provide themselves with technology access.

Mike Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Thomas Lunde
Sent: March 9, 2002 1:02 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Re: (Long) Beyond the Digital Divide: Enabling the Community
withInformation and Communications Technologies



Hi Michael:

In the spirit of communication that you are requesting and totally
acknowledging that this is not an area I have thought much on, let me babble
for a moment.

Communities historically were limited by foot distance, horse distance and
when the mail and telegrapgh came along they did not extend communities.
However, the party line telephone that I grew up with on the praries did
bring communities together.  We eavesdropped, we knew each others rings and
we had people as operators who dispensed information and sometimes gossip.
Communities were enlarged.

Radio and TV did not help communities, nor did the dial phone, the touch
phone, or the cell phone.  What the phone technolgy gives us access to know
is our community of personal interest - which may or may not have a
community component.  the Internet does the same thing.  FW is a community I
belong to that discusses things of personal interest to me.  So, the problem
is not that I don't have a community, but that I don't have a community
based on a shared physical local.

Now even in the small mountian community I live in, it is very hard to see
the community.  True, there is a General Store that we all use and over time
I get on nodding acquaintences with a number of people but little or no
indepth involvement - as in knowing your family, what you do for a living,
what your character is, are you a trader, a loaner, a churchman and all
those other nuiances that made a distinct community.

It's even worse in most cities.  So, perhaps I might ask you the question,
'Are communities as obsolete as blacksmith shops?  and have we moved to a
more sophisticated type of communtity based on interest rather than local?

Anyway, those are my thoughts.

Respectfully,

Thomas Lunde


on 2/24/02 10:06 AM, Michael Gurstein at [EMAIL PROTECTED] wrote:


 WARNING: THIS IS LONG

 I thought there might be an interest in this talk that I've been giving in
 various forms around the US for the last couple of months (School of
 Planning at UCLA, Kennedy School at Harvard, UN Conference on the Aged).
 I'm interested in comments or disputes as it is a (research/policy) theme
 that I and I would hope others will likely be pursuing in other formats
over
 the next while.

 All the best,

 MG

 --

 Beyond the Digital Divide:

 Enabling the Community with Information and Communications Technologies

 Michael Gurstein, Ph.D.
 (Visiting) Professor:  School of Management
 New Jersey Institute of Technology
 Newark, NJ

 [EMAIL PROTECTED] or [EMAIL PROTECTED]

 I’ve been asked to speak today about Community Networking and Information
 and Communications technologies and at the same time I’m thinking about
one
 of the classes that I’m teaching on the “Digital Firm”.

 Recently in my class we had a discussion on one of the most digital of
 contemporary digital firms—a pharmaceutical firm that has put its vast
 resources behind becoming the most digitally enabled pharmaceutical firm
in
 the world and it has done so.  It is now possible in the US to order a
 prescription via a web-site and to have that prescription instantaneously
 and robotically

FW: [ffdngocaucus] Dakar, Senegal Greens Conference begins March 6th - program

2002-03-03 Thread Michael Gurstein

Since Georgism (?) seems to be a continuing theme on this list, this may be
of interest...

M

-Original Message-
From: Alanna Hartzok [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: March 3, 2002 12:16 PM
To: TOES; Financing for Development
Subject: [ffdngocaucus] Dakar, Senegal Greens Conference begins March
6th - program


Hello TOES and FfD  Friends,

Thought some of you might be interested to know about this. Annie Goeke and
I take off for Senegal March 5th and return March 19. We were asked to
organize Democracy, Earth Rights and Ecotaxes educational seminar which
theme relates directly to the worldwide discussions on Financing for
Development.


The first portion of this email describes the *economics for sustainable
development* component of the conference (with speakers bios included), and
below that is the complete schedule for the African Confederation of Green
Parties conference. Both these items are attached as well.

Blessings all,


Alanna Hartzok, Director
Earth Rights Institute
United Nations NGO Representative
Box 328, Scotland, PA 17254 USA
Phone: 717-264-0957
Fax: 717-264-5036
Email: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Website: http://www.earthrights.net



***

Democracy, Earth Rights and Ecotaxes

A Georgist Seminar in Dakar, Senegal preceding the Confederation of African
Green Parties meeting.

Thursday, March 7
3:00 p.m.- 5:45 p.m.

GREEN POLITICS AND THE ECONOMICS OF SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT - Anne Goeke (USA)

DEMOCRACY, EARTH RIGHTS AND TAXATION POLICY
-Alanna Hartzok  (USA)

TOWARDS A NEW POLITICAL, SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC STRUCTURE FOR AFRICA   -
Sunny Akuopha (Mali)

THE CHALLENGES OF DEMOCRACY AND NATURAL RESOURCE  MANAGEMENT FOR SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT
- Gordon Abiama  (Nigeria)

6:00 - 8:00 PM

Discussion on the theme of Democracy and Earth Rights and Tax Policy.
Questions and responses to the speakers. Time for participants to describe
the situation in their own countries.

Friday, 8th March
7:30 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.

ENVIRONMENTAL LAW, SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND PUBLIC FINANCE POLICY - Dr.
Papa Meissa Dieng  (Senegal)

FINANCING FOR DEVELOPMENT AND DEBT CANCELLATION
- David Ugolor  (Nigeria)

CONNECTING THE WEALTH GAP PROBLEM WITH LAND TENURE, TAXATION, AND MONETARY
POLICY AS FRAMEWORK FOR THE ECONOMICS OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOMENT -  Panel
Discussion: Sunny Akuopha, Gordon Abiama,  Papa Meissa Dieng, David Ugolor,
Alanna Hartzok

Friday, 8th March
11:00 am - 1:00 pm

BRAINSTORMING AND STRATEGIC PLANNING FOR HOW WE CAN BUILD AN ECONOMICS OF
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT IN OUR OWN COUNTRIES AND AS A GREEN MOVEMENT - an
open mike session for all conference participant

Democracy, Earth Rights and Ecotaxes


Nations throughout the world are defining resource control - access to oil,
timber, minerals and water - as essential to their national security.
Currently, worldwide ownership of land and natural resources  is
concentrated in the hands of a few individuals or corporations. Without an
ethical basis for sharing these resources, their control is most often
determined by military power.

Democracy must now be extended to include the democratic equal right of all
to the land and resources of the earth. Policies based on this right can be
put in place from the local to the global levels.  Practical models are
already in place. We can build on what works.

The emerging Green or Ecotax movement provides guidelines for financing
development based on the threefold bottom line: (1) social and economic
justice (2) environmental protection and restoration and (3) strong and
sustainable economy.

This seminar will be devoted to the several aspects of the theme: Democracy,
Earth Rights, and Ecotaxes.

TOWARDS A NEW POLITICAL, SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC STRUCTURE FOR AFRICA   -
Sunny Akuopha (Mali)

An overview of past and present problems in Africa concerning land rights
and democracy, outlines a new form of government finance based on shifting
taxes away from the labor of workers and onto land and resource rents and
royalties and describes the importance of this reform for a new political,
social and economic structure for African countries.

THE CHALLENGES OF DEMOCRACY AND NATURAL RESOURCE  MANAGEMENT FOR SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT
- Gordon Abiama  (Nigeria)

An exploration of the wealth distribution problem in Africa,  reasons for
the gross resource mismanagement by African leaders,  impediments against
enthroning equity in our democratic mandates. how to bridge the gap between
the rich and the poor and possible strategies towards achieving this goal. A
particular focus will be the Alaska Permanent Fund as a model of oil and
mineral resource royalty distritribution that could be replicated in Africa.

FINANCING FOR DEVELOPMENT AND DEBT CANCELLATION
- David Ugolor  (Nigeria)

The Africa Debt Campaign and the UN Financing for Development proceedings.
Linking with other initiatives like the Africa Social Forum, G-8 Summit In
Canada and the World Summit on Sustainable Development. 

RE: Even nationalised circuses! (Re: Loss of the middle class)

2002-02-25 Thread Michael Gurstein


Hi Ray,

I have it from an uncontrovertible source (an Air Canada in-flight mag of
about 5 years ago) that it started from an employment support program grant
given to a group of Quebec street performers (buskers).  I understand that
at some point the principle met someone from the Russian Circus and that was
the beginning of their professionalization.

But I would guess there are people on the list who know much more about this
than I.

M

-Original Message-
From: Ray Evans Harrell [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: February 25, 2002 5:35 PM
To: Michael Gurstein; Futurework@Scribe. Uwaterloo. Ca
Subject: Re: Even nationalised circuses! (Re: Loss of the middle class)


Hi Mike,
I would never cross a Canadian on this. I was told at the audition that
the two people who started the troupe were Russian.   Is that incorrect?
There also were a lot of Russian and Ukranian performers auditioning at the
time.And a very large percentage of the Big Apple Circus performers came
from the old Soviet System as well. Although there was goodly number
from Mexico, and the contortionists are trained in the State System in
China.It seemed indicative of what China is doing to exist in this
world.  If I see one more goose stepping military tape from China and
North Korea again I will vomit.It reminds me of the fat Russian women
propaganda tape they used to show before the Soviet System changed.Now I
go to parties with the most beautiful women you could imagine with some
wearing costumes that show that they were not raised with the kind of guilt
that we in the West are accustomed to.

All that aside, Montreal and Canada deserves credit for supporting and
nurturing such a wonderful world class troupe.We let Martha Graham's
company die here when she was trying to get some kind of national
designation for this major American contribution to world dance.   It has
been heartbreaking to see Graham's body of work as well as the educational
system slowly disappear.   Well some Capitalist had a bargain on the school
and built a new building on the site.   The Muse Tree in the garden was cut
down.  In the end the world will forget him and remember that we didn't
care. The Canadians are way ahead of us on so much of this.Only in
NYCity is America represented well with Lincoln Center and the cultural
jewels.NY has so many museums that a mayor not long ago, let two major
ones leave the city.Of course one was the Heye Foundation Museum of the
American Indian.It went to Washington and became the National Museum of
the American Indian at the Smithsonian.

Oh yes, the middle class.Well, that article is old news for all but the
politicians.It was beginning to change in the decade of the 1990s but it
never quite got there.The middle class is docile and frightened.   It
will take a lot more before they become radicalized enough to do anything
about it.   But when they do, remember the anger at 9/11.   There is a
latent streak of violence in America that I don't believe most people
understand.It is not smart to poke a sleaping Jaguar.

Ray


- Original Message -
From: Michael Gurstein [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: Ray Evans Harrell [EMAIL PROTECTED]; Futurework@Scribe. Uwaterloo. Ca
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Monday, February 25, 2002 4:46 PM
Subject: RE: Even nationalised circuses! (Re: Loss of the middle class)



 A minor correction...in fact but not in theory...Le Cirque began, I
believe,
 with some grant funds from the Canadian Government to a group of Quebecois
 street performers.

 MG

 -Original Message-
 From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
 [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Ray Evans
 Harrell
 Sent: February 25, 2002 4:24 PM
 To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; Keith Hudson
 Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
 Subject: Re: Even nationalised circuses! (Re: Loss of the middle class)


   Keith
  Although at the opposite ends of the political spectrum in name until
  recently, both Argentina and Soviet Russia had the distinction of having
  nationalised circuses!
 


 Yes that is the reason you have the Cirque du Soleil.   They were trained
in
 the state system of the old Soviet Union.   They know an empty field when
 they see one and they have the skills to develop and that is what the
 difference is.The East trained people and the West consumed.Now
 there is a problem for the West.   They don't know how to do and they will
 not have the money to consume so we will find that the Cold War is still
on
 and they won it by declaring defeat and taking over our own systems.

 Brilliant! (with a cynical snear)

 Ray Evans Harrell, artistic director
 The Magic Circle Opera Repertory Ensemble, Inc.
 [EMAIL PROTECTED]








FW: (Long) Beyond the Digital Divide: Enabling the Community with Information and Communications Technologies

2002-02-24 Thread Michael Gurstein


WARNING: THIS IS LONG

I thought there might be an interest in this talk that I've been giving in
various forms around the US for the last couple of months (School of
Planning at UCLA, Kennedy School at Harvard, UN Conference on the Aged).
I'm interested in comments or disputes as it is a (research/policy) theme
that I and I would hope others will likely be pursuing in other formats over
the next while.

All the best,

MG

--

Beyond the Digital Divide:

Enabling the Community with Information and Communications Technologies

Michael Gurstein, Ph.D.
(Visiting) Professor:  School of Management
New Jersey Institute of Technology
Newark, NJ

[EMAIL PROTECTED] or [EMAIL PROTECTED]

I’ve been asked to speak today about Community Networking and Information
and Communications technologies and at the same time I’m thinking about one
of the classes that I’m teaching on the “Digital Firm”.

Recently in my class we had a discussion on one of the most digital of
contemporary digital firms—a pharmaceutical firm that has put its vast
resources behind becoming the most digitally enabled pharmaceutical firm in
the world and it has done so.  It is now possible in the US to order a
prescription via a web-site and to have that prescription instantaneously
and robotically dispensed and mailed thousands of miles away without any
direct human intervention. This firm is dispensing 8000 prescriptions an
hour as compared to the average 8000 prescriptions a week for a more typical
pharmacy.

The discussion around this firm reminded me of my uncle who had a small
independent pharmacy in a small city on the Canadian prairies.  He would
have filled perhaps 8000 prescriptions a month.   But more than filling
prescriptions, in the days before Medicare, he was the only medical person
most in that farming community ever saw.  He dispensed medicines certainly,
but he also prescribed for a lot of the minor aches and pains, and probably
most important, he provided comfort and re-assurance to otherwise fearful
people without the resources to seek out and pay for medical expertise.

My guess, is that if my uncle were alive today, his very small pharmacy
would not have been able to survive.  There might now be in that small
town, one or perhaps two pharmacies in the malls run by corporate interests,
and his would have been one of those thousands of small pharmacies that
would have been put out of business as uncompetitive by the
mega-digital-on-line ICT enabled pharmacy I mentioned earlier.

And with him would have gone the comfort and ministering to the minor
complaints and his contribution to the life and well-being and caring of
that small community.  With his going and the going of his equivalents in
the schools, the lawyers offices, the hospitals, the insurance offices and
so on—unable to compete with the digitally enabled enterprises—would be
going a lot of the caring in those small communities and particularly for
those less mobile, less able to jump in the car and travel the 40 miles to
the next pharmacy and for those more dependent on the local community for
their social and often physical well-being.

The word seems to be coming down from Washington these days to be
fairly quickly followed one would expect by the word from Ottawa and
Brussels and even from in this (UN) building that its time to declare
victory in the war on the Digital Divide and find new targets for our public
policy discussions and interventions.

The folks who are saying this are looking at statistics in this country the
US, that are showing that well over half of all households have access to
the Net, that the proportion of minorities and low income people who have
access to the Net is increasing overall and that the cost of Net access
including the cost of the computer to enable the access seems to have come
down to a level affordable by most. Parallel developments are I suspect
happening in
many other parts of the world.

Also there is in the US numbers that are showing a rising numbers of
minority and lower income populations using the Net have relieved some of
the early anxiety that existing social inequalities would be aggravated in
this new and rapidly expanding sphere.  Meanwhile the DotCom debacle has
diluted efforts to extend the seemingly “magical” wealth creating capability
of Internet-enabled commerce to social as well as business goals.

Public authorities are being urged to relax and let the
market continue what appears to be the inexorable drive to more or less
universal Internet access (with all those wanting “access” having access).

Thus there is no need for funding for development of local technology
projects or for what is called in the US, Community Technology Centres and
which in other countries would be called Telecentres, Telekiosks,
Telepublicos and so on.

In light of this, the broad public discussion and policy commitment in
support of the public use of Information and Communications

FW: [ffdngocaucus] fwd German Ministry for Development supports a Tobin Tax

2002-02-22 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: Robert Pollard [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: February 21, 2002 11:25 AM
To: Small FfD NGO Caucus
Subject: [ffdngocaucus] fwd German Ministry for Development supports a
Tobin Tax


From: Peter Waldow [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Organization: World Economy, Ecology and Development www.weedbonn.org

Study of German Ministry for Development:

Tobin Tax is feasible

Globalisation Critics Score Success

Bonn, 20/2/2002

This success is very encouraging, says Peter Wahl, expert on
Finance Markets of the German NGO WEED (World Economy, Ecology
and Development) and of ATTAC Germany. The study refutes the
main objections raised against a Tobin Tax and shows the
feasibility of such a tax. Now it is not any longer if but
how to introduce it.

German Development Minister Ms. Wieczorek-Zeul introduced the
study, written by Paul B. Spahn, a Finance Economist formerly
working for the IMF, yesterday at a conference in Berlin.

The study suggests - beyond the Tobin Tax - that transition-,
emerging and development countries as well as industrialized
countries outside the big currency zones should be enabled to
raise an additional tax. Such an automatical adaption of the tax
will prevent speculative bubbles and attacks

The study also points out that it is not necessary for all
countries to participate in order to introduce a Tobin Tax. It
can be imposed by single OECD counries or - even better - within
a group of countries, for example in the EU, Spahn explains.

The international movement against corporate driven
globalization will gain enormous momentum from the findings of
the study, says Wahl Now it is important that the EU will take
the first steps. We call on the German Government to take the
initiative. Especially the German-French Working Group installed
by Schroeder and Jospin should take the opportunity and push the
Tax in the Euro zone.

A detailed comment of the study will be published by WEED in the
next days. 


 Yahoo! Groups Sponsor -~--
Get your FREE credit report with a FREE CreditCheck
Monitoring Service trial
http://us.click.yahoo.com/ACHqaB/bQ8CAA/ySSFAA/NJYolB/TM
-~-

To unsubscribe from this group, send an email to:
[EMAIL PROTECTED]

 

Your use of Yahoo! Groups is subject to http://docs.yahoo.com/info/terms/ 






FW: Selection Effects versus Treatment Effects

2002-02-17 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Bill Caughey
Sent: February 17, 2002 11:56 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Selection Effects versus Treatment Effects


TOCFolks,

A week from tomorrow, Monday the 25th. I'm going to start a
self contained special day class (SDC) special education class
with a dozen 9th and 10th grade students. The students in the
class are being hand picked because they cannot even function
in our lower classes and need more specialized instruction and
a lower student to teacher ration. Some of these kids 
are barely
reading, and at least one does not know the alphabet in either
English or his native language, Spanish.

I have always been fascinated by the idea of the 
selection effect
versus the treatment effect and wonder if it might work in an
environment like this. What if I tell the children 
that they have
been hand picked to test an idea about education where the
the education itself is more important than the 
abilities of the
students. What if we immediately begin to work at a higher
level and gently push/pull the children along at that 
same higher
rate? What if we can convince them that they can do normal or
advanced work is long is it is presented better? 
What would/will
happen?

I don't know either, I don't have a clue, but what I 
do know is that
the expectations for this class are so very low that 
no one's going
to pay any attention to what we do as long is I don't 
have classroom
management problems that require help from the office. In other
words when I close the classroom door I'm pretty much on my own
unless I have severe disciplen problems. These kids 
are those who
out of sight is out of mind is the order of the day.

I'm going to try and see what happens if I gently 
raise the bar while
simultaneously raising expectations as well. I have 
no idea whatsoever
how to really do this, and no idea what the outcomes 
will be, but the
idea of just following the status quo really bothers me.

Any comments, suggestions, warnings, caveats, resources and/or
prayers would be greatly appreciated, as I know we'll 
need all of'
the help you can provide.

Blessings,

-b-


http://www.nytimes.com/2002/02/17/magazine/17WWLN.html?page wanted=print

February 17, 2002

Nothing Personal

By BRUCE HEADLAM

Can anybody get into Harvard? If you're one of the thousands of 
students who have just completed the grueling college admissions 
process and are awaiting the results from selective universities, the 
answer is no, of course. But if you have been to the movies in the 
past few months, you might think anyone could. In ''Legally Blonde,'' 
Reese Witherspoon plays a ditzy sorority girl who lands at Harvard 
Law School thanks to a video resume with generous footage of her in a 
bikini; in ''How High,'' Method Man and Redman play two small-time 
pot dealers who light up Cambridge; and in ''Orange County,'' a West 
Coast variation on the theme, a Stanford reject shows up on campus to 
plead his case.

In their own ways, the films provoke a much more interesting 
question: can anybody succeed at Harvard? In other words, what if 
what it takes to get into an elite college and what it takes to 
prosper there are two entirely separate things? The only way to truly 
test the admissions process would be to accept enough homecoming 
queens and homeboys to make a meaningful comparison. And not many 
schools are willing to take that risk.

But it has happened. In 1979, the University of Texas Medical School 
selected 150 first-year students from a pool of 800 interviewees. The 
State Legislature then mandated that the class size be increased by 
50 students, who had to be pulled from the bottom of the original 
pool. The initially rejected students came in with inferior marks, 
poorer test scores and lower personal evaluations. Yet at every 
measurable step during their medical education, from term marks to 
residency, their performance as a group was indistinguishable not 
just from the rest of their peers but also from the top 50 students 
in the class.

What the Texas case illustrates is the distinction between what 
social psychologists call selection effects and treatment effects. It 
wasn't the students' qualifications (the selection effect) that 
determined performance; it was the four years spent in the classroom 
(the treatment effect) that was transcendent. In other words, the 

RE: Being treated with contempt

2002-02-13 Thread Michael Gurstein

I don't know about standards in the hard sciences and math but I think
the issue of standards overall is quite misplaced.

Standards at least as presented below or by the back to the basics crew
refers to a highly individualized approach to knowledge and learning.

In fact, most current approaches and particularly those that are linked into
broad concerns for national innovation and productivity are recognizing that
knowledge and learning are highly contextual and even more so when they are
looked at in relation to their application rather than their inculcation.

Nobody (well almost nobody) learns alone (just as nobody works alone or
innovates alone) and those who do are generally understood to suffer the
consequences.

Knowledge is in its essence collaborative (the creation/re-creation of
meaning) so to attempt to impose highly individualized standards as
operationalized in formal tests makes about as much sense as attempting to
hold back the dikes of plagiarism now that we have a Google (whoops that's
another but overlapping set of Canutes)...

Mike Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: February 13, 2002 7:43 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Being treated with contempt


It is a paradox that the developed countries, with increasing needs for
doctors, scientists, engineers, mathematicians and suchlike, are
increasingly less able to supply them in sufficient numbers as the years go
by. That's why several countries, particularly America and England (but
also France and Germany, and perhaps Canada for all I know), are having to
import increasing numbers of these valuable specialists from abroad,
usually from less developed countries -- which, of course, become even more
deprived of the skilled human resources they badly need for themselves.

At the same time, governments in developed countries are pretending that
they themselves are increasing the supply of specialists from their own
education systems. To help persuade more schoolchildren to move away from
arts and general subjects, exam boards in those countries have been
steadily reducing the difficulty of the science examinations needed for
university entrance. A corollary of this is that examination results have
seemed to have improved steadily over the years -- attributed to higher
quality teaching.

Anybody like me who dares to say that the standards have, in fact, declined
enormously over their lifetimes are jumped on from a great height by
teaching unions, politicians, exam boards and others who are professionally
involved in the business.

Indeed (as will be seen below), the educational professionals say we are to
be treated with contempt

There's a huge amount of spin involved here. I reckon that for every
critical article that appears in a newspaper then at least four or five
times more exposure is given to presentations which suggest that all is
going swimmingly. This reassuring news is all too readily accepted by large
numbers of school teachers, children and their parents. Of course, the
grounds for saying that standards are improving are never tested
scientifically.

However, in his own modest way, one university physics lecturer has done so
in this country and some FWers might be interested in an article of his
which appeared in today's Daily Telegraph:


FIGURES THAT JUST DON'T ADD UP
David Milstead

As a lecturer in physics, I know there is no such thing as a paradox --
only apparent paradoxes that can always be explained by a careful
examination of the whole problem. Applying this philosophy, we tackled an
educational paradox within our department. How is it that incoming
undergraduates have better qualifications but seem to know less than in
previous years?

A[dvanced]-level pass rates in physics and maths have risen almost
continuously for more than a decade. Teachers' unions and the Government
attribute this to improved teaching and more assiduous pupils. Reports from
the Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (CQA), the quango that monitors
school examinations, deny any dumbing down.

Such reassurances sit uneasily with the support maths courses that now
feature in most physics and engineering degrees. Degrees have also had to
be extended to four years to cope with ill-prepared students and maintain
academic standards. We investigated whether a less demanding physics
A-level could be responsible for any of this. The QCA check standards of
examinations by asking professionals to make judgements on question
difficulty. We chose a much less subjective approach and set our
undergraduates special tests. We also analysed the changing mathematical
content of the questions.

The usual smikescreen put up by the CQA is to complain that syllabus
changes make a comparison over time difficult. Developments have taken
place in physics in recent years that are now rightly in the A-level
syllabus.  However, these are largely peripheral, and the bulk of the
subject 

RE: Anger in politics

2002-02-07 Thread Michael Gurstein



Hi 
Ray

Wars seem to 
me to be very seldom about "anger" and normally about Statecraft 
i.e.National Interest. In fact, most effectiveStates look to 
manage and use (popular) anger as one ofits resources forthe conduct 
of Statecraft.

So unless, 
I'm misunderstanding yourquestion or your reading of my original 
rathersimple (simplistic?)observation the answer 
isNo,"anger" follows one track inthe public sphere, while 
"war" follow a different track.

M


-Original Message-From: 
Ray Evans Harrell [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]Sent: February 7, 2002 
1:03 AMTo: Michael Gurstein; Futurework@Scribe. Uwaterloo. 
CaSubject: Re: Anger in politics

  Hi Mike, 
  
  Is this an argument for wars? 
  
  Ray 
  
- Original Message - 
From: 
Michael 
Gurstein 
To: Futurework@Scribe. Uwaterloo. 
Ca 
Sent: Wednesday, February 06, 2002 
10:25 PM
Subject: FW: Anger in politics


Hi Gail,

A 
brief reply to a very provocative note... At the bottom, I have the feeling 
that all politics is about "interests"--corporate, community, collective, 
personal--however you want to slice or dice it. When "interests" are 
threatened no matter by whom or to what end, people get angry so the issue 
is not the anger but the interests.

I 
also have the feeling that some of the edges of the grand conflicts of our 
time, which were mitigated by the broad sweep of social democracy/social 
welfarism and the rising post WWII tide, have now begun for a variety of 
reasons (being explored by FW for example) to shift back to their more 
normal state of being raw and occasionally bloody.

The anger is a symptom of folks who are hurting and 
who feel rather let down that the social consensus which used to prevail and 
which they were more or less comfortable with, no longer holds and so we 
have the kind of thing quoted by Ed and the responses to Harris in 
Ontario.

MG

  -Original Message-From: G. Stewart 
  [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]Sent: February 6, 2002 9:39 
  AMTo: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; [EMAIL PROTECTED]; 
  [EMAIL PROTECTED]Subject: Anger in 
  politics
  Ed, Mike, Keith,
  
  Having already a sufficient number of 
  lines in the water on FW I don't want to add another or would be sending 
  you this question on-list. (If, in response, you have a comment you'd like 
  to put on-list, please don't hesitate. It's not a private 
  question.)
  
  Edwrote: "what his 
  government is doing is driven by a punitive and destructive ideology" 
  (re Gordon Campbell in 
  B.C.)and I had recently had 
  occasion to note on FW the "anger" with which the Harris government in 
  Ontario had come into office and behaved. 
  
  The issue of "anger" in politics is 
  coming to seem to me the source of more problems than ideology per se. Our 
  political processes seem to legitimate and perhaps even foster anger -- 
  the release of distaste, dislike and disrespect rather than the surge of 
  empathy, compassion or thoughtfulness. The larger ties-that-bind seem to 
  get lost. I find it increasingly frightening, likely to invite the growth 
  of serious civil discontent and especially unfortunatein an age when 
  so many issues concern the "commons."
   
  Does it point, doyou 
  think,toa need to strengthening the integrative processes and 
  temper the partisan or are such antipathetic emotions healthy, maybe even 
  essential outlets, in a body politic? Democracies use the adversarial 
  system deliberately and to good effect (e.g., parliaments and courts, the 
  "balancing of powers" in the US, etc.) butby taking for granted 
  thatit is legitimate forleaders to govern"punitively and 
  destructively"itsometimes seems to mewe risk corroding 
  the foundations of democratic politics that lie in fellow-feeling. Such 
  leaders lose their capacity to represent "all the people" thus threatening 
  the legitimacy of government itself. B.C. seems to me to verge on this 
  from time to time. Were it a country and not "merely" a province, safe 
  within the arms of a larger federation, I suspect it might be in 
  difficulty in a system of government that requires the consent of the 
  governed to make it work.
  
  Perhapsall this is 
  soself-evident as not to be worth mentioning but sometimes the 
  necessary foundations of a situation becomeweakened through being 
  taken so for granted they are not articulated? 
  
  Your wisdom on this, 
  gentlemen?
  
  Regards,
  
  Gail
  
  Gail Stewart[EMAIL PROTECTED]


FW: toc Barbie Loves Math (Maureen Dowd - The NY Times)

2002-02-06 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Steve Brant
Sent: February 6, 2002 1:44 AM
To: Triumph of Content List
Subject: toc Barbie Loves Math (Maureen Dowd - The NY Times)


Maureen Dowd's really on to something, when she says -

Some men suggest that women, with their vast experience with male blarney,
are experts at calling guys on it.

At Enron, it was men who came up with complex scams showing there was no
limit to the question How much is enough? And it was women who raised the
simple question, Why?

- Steve Brant

-
The New York Times

http://www.nytimes.com/2002/02/06/opinion/06DOWD.html?ex=1013977208ei=1en=
6f3f0b1198a0a1bb
--

Barbie Loves Math

February 6, 2002

By MAUREEN DOWD

WASHINGTON

Hollywood is trying to figure out how to turn Enron into a TV movie.

How do they take all the stuff about the contingent nature of existing
restricted forward contracts and share-settled costless collar
arrangements, jettison it like the math in A Beautiful Mind, and juice it
up?

Enron is such a mind-numbing black hole, even for financial analysts, that
if you tried to explain all the perfidious permutations, you'd never come
out the other end.

A movie executive asked Lowell Bergman, the former 60 Minutes producer who
is now an investigative reporter for The Times and Frontline, for the most
cinematic way to frame the story. (Mr. Bergman had the ultimate Hollywood
experience of being played by Al Pacino in another corporate
greed-and-corruption saga, The Insider.)

It's about the women up against the men, he replied.


Before you know it, Enron will be Erined, as in Brockovich. Texas good ol'
girl, fast-talking, salt-of-the-earth whistle-blower Sherron Watkins will be
Renee Zellweger in a Shoshanna Lonstein bustier. The adorable and intrepid
Fortune reporter Bethany McLean, the first journalist to sound an alarm
about Enron's accounting practices, will be look-alike Alicia Silverstone.
And Loretta Lynch, the tough California utilities czarina and Yale-trained
litigator who questioned a year ago what Enron did that was of any value to
consumers, will be look- nothing-alike Angelina Jolie, sporting power plant
tattoos.

From the beginning of the California energy meltdown, women were not afraid
to point a finger at the seventh-largest corporation in the U.S. and say
`You can't do this,'  Mr. Bergman told me. And the electric cowboys at
Enron, where the culture had a take-no-prisoners, get-rid-of-
any-regulation, macho perspective on the marketplace, was aggressive when it
came to shutting them up.

As a Texas writer says: This was Jeff Skilling's club and there weren't a
lot of women in his club.

At first, the slicked-back Gordon Gekko C.E.O. and his arrogant coterie in
the Houston skyscraper - where men were wont to mess around and leave wives
for secretaries - dismissed female critics.

Some privately trashed Ms. Lynch as an idiot and coveted Ms. McLean,
calling her a looker who doesn't know anything. But when they realized the
women were on to them, the company that intimidated competitors, suppliers
and utilities tried to oust Ms. Lynch from her job and discredit Ms. McLean
and kill her article.

When Ms. Watkins confronted Kenneth Lay with her fears last August, he knew
the cat was spilling out of the beans, as Carmen Miranda used to say. Within
two months he had to 'fess up to $600 million in spurious profits.

(In Houston's testosterone-fueled energy circles, many men watched Linda Lay
crying on TV and muttered that in Texas, there is nothing lower than sending
your wife out to fight your battle.)

As a feminine fillip, there's Maureen Castaneda, a former Enron executive
who revealed the shredding shindigs there. Ms. Castaneda realized something
was wrong when she took some shreds home to use as packing material and saw
they were marked with the galactic names Chewco and Jedi, which turned out
to be quasi-legal partnerships.

Only 10 years after Mattel put out Teen Talk Barbie whining Math class is
tough, we have women unearthing the Rosetta stone of this indecipherable
scandal.

What does this gender schism mean? That men care more about inflating their
assets? That women are more caring about colleagues getting shafted?

It is men's worst fear, personally and professionally, that women will pin
the sin on them, come out of the night like a missile and destroy a man,
as Alan Simpson said during the Hill-Thomas hearings.

There has been speculation that women are more likely to be whistleblowers -
or tattletales when they are little - because they are less likely to be
members of the club.

Some men suggest that women, with their vast experience with male blarney,
are experts at calling guys on it.

At Enron, it was men who came up with complex scams showing there was no
limit to the question How much is enough? And it was 

RE: British Columbia (was Re: Economics)

2002-02-06 Thread Michael Gurstein


As always, eternal verities, except for dog walks and pots of tea, rather
disappear the closer you get to them.

Campbell didn't so much win the BC election (the Liberals lost the previous
BC election largely because of fear and loathing for Campbell personally)
rather, the NDP (mild Social Democrats) imploded after 8 years, with a
completely discredited Premier (under charges for corruption), an exhausted
and demoralized set of MLA's, and a party which had completely run out of
ideas and energy.

Keith's dog running for AB-NDP (Anything But the NDP) would have won in a
similar landslide.

What's interesting of course, is that a similar implosion destroyed the
previous right wing Government (complete with Premier under charges for
corruption) 8 years hence.  The lurches from right to left to right are a
(sad) characteristic of BC politics and are a source of appalled amazement
to many (most) BC taxpayers, and in the current instance are causing very
serious concern in all political camps in the Province.  (Campbell's
approval rating is currently roughly half what it was six months ago at the
time of the election.)

Certainly BC isn't doing all that well economically at the moment, but what
is happening there has a lot more to do with ideology (and some are arguing,
Campbell's personal socio-pathologies) than with a reasoned response to
specific circumstances--which I take it was Ed's earlier point.

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: February 6, 2002 3:22 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; [EMAIL PROTECTED];
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: British Columbia (was Re: Economics)


 Hi Ed,

I read the item in The Economist that you refer to below and the decisions
of Gordon Campbell and the Liberals in British Columbia do indeed seem
drastic.

However, in this fast-changing world, impelled as it is with accelerating
innovations and their economic consequences, remedial actions by
governments in trouble need to be swift also.  This is particularly
necessary when a new government is elected with (in your words) a huge
majority, (in The Economist's words) a landslide victory. Medium-term
solutions, much beloved and publicised by our own dear ex-Chancellor,
Nigel Lawson, will no longer do -- as Greenspan has acknowledged in his
decisions in the last 15 months or so.

Lack of quick decisions (that is, with quick results), as evidenced in
Japan and Argentina, carry the danger of not only accelerating the problem
but also of bringing about deep demoralisation of the electorate.
Middle-class Argentinians are already taking to the streets and I don't
think it won't be long before the Japanese will, too.

What puzzles me is why your comments should have been triggered by the
quote of Keynes to Hayek (below). When Keynes was saying that some
politicians want planning in order to serve the devil, he was agreeing with
Hayek's apprehensions that the Labour Party in England might bring in a
sufficient level of planning which would then bring about the sort of
totalitarian society that was taking place in Stalin's Soviet Russia. I
don't understand why this should have triggered your characterisation of
Gordon Campbell's cut, slash and burn policies as not planning. They
sound like de-planning to me, or perhaps de-over-planning.

Keith

(Keynes writing to Hayek)

I should...conclude rather differently.   I should say that what we want
is not no planning, or even less planning, indeed I should say we almost
certainly want more.   But the planning should take place in a community in
which as many people as possible, both leaders and followers, wholly share
your own moral position.   Moderate planning will be safe enough if those
carrying it out are rightly oriented in their own minds and hearts to the
moral issue.This is in fact already true of some of them.   But the
curse is that there is also an important section who could be said to want
planning not in order to enjoy its fruits, but because morally they hold
ideas exactly the opposite of yours and wish to serve not God but the
devil.
 
(EW)

 To that I would say Amen!  We have a situation in one of our provinces,
British Columbia, in which a new government, imbued with neo-liberal
righteousness, took power with a huge majority last year.  With nothing one
could identify as planning, they have proceeded to cut, slash and burn.
Naturally, they want to balance the budget immediately, despite initiating
a huge tax cut.  To accomplish this, they have cut services to the poor and
elderly, proceeded to lay off 11,000 public servants, torn up contracts
with teachers and health administrators, decimated their courts, jails and
highway maintenance systems, and generally behaved like madmen with axes in
their hands and blindfolds over their eyes.  Their mantra: Gumint is bad;
free enterpise is good.  (See page 33 of the Feb 2 Economist for more on
this.)



FW: FCC to Auction Definite, Indefinite Articles

2002-02-06 Thread Michael Gurstein

More from the inimitable Bruce Sterling...

The future according to the later Hayek and early Keynes (or do I have that
back to front...

M

-Original Message-
From: futurefeedforward [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: February 5, 2002 2:59 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: FCC to Auction Definite, Indefinite Articles

FCC to Auction Definite, Indefinite Articles

WASHINGTON--In a bid to foster innovation and encourage the efficient use
of public resources, the U.S. Federal Communications Commission announced
Tuesday plans to auction exclusive rights to the use of the English definite
and indefinite articles.  For a number of years the Commission has been
studying the possibility of enhancing the value of English through selective
privatization of some of its features, explains FCC Chairwoman Glenda
Friedboot.  The auction we propose today is the first Commission initiative
implementing the lessons of that research.  It is also a test initiative,
designed to gauge the effectiveness of a broader privatization policy.

The auction will affect use of the English words a, and, and the, as
well as any derivatives or functional equivalents, and will bestow upon
the highest bidder the exclusive right to license use of the words in all
digital media.  It's important the people understand that the auction
applies only to digital media, and not to conventional print or face-to-face
conversation, explains Chairwoman Friedboot.  Partly that's because of
technical limitations.  The licensing we hope to foster depends upon
computer-driven and enforced rights management schemes that aren't currently
feasible offline.  But we also recognized the importance of protecting the
historic practice of free, unlicensed use of many parts of speech in daily
conversation.

An FCC report issued alongside the auction announcement describes a state
of stagnation in the area of language technologies.  The committee was
unable to discover a single recent innovation in the use or function of many
grammatical mechanisms, noted the report.  The committee went on to note
that distribution of rights in and to many of these mechanisms would likely
provide sufficient incentive, in the form of licensing revenues, to spur
investment and drive innovation in an important but otherwise static
intellectual asset.

The bidding system proposed by the Commission includes the sale of rights
to the articles on a regional basis, with winning bidders acquiring the
right to license use of the articles in all digital formats within a bounded
geographic area.  Local control of media assets has always been an
important value here at the Commission, explains Chairwoman Friedboot.  So
we require that all bidding entities be majority owned by members of the
geographic regions they serve.

Critics of the plan acknowledge its potential to raise billions of dollars
for the public coffers, but point to the risks of privatizing key public
resources.  This auction is simply a corporate giveaway, exclaims Robert
Desk, executive director of the Commons Defense Force (CDF).  The local
ownership rules are a joke, and easily circumvented through a series of
shells and dummy corporations.  We've dug down in the list or preliminary
bidders, and what we've found behind the mask of local ownership is, almost
universally, big media companies like AOL, KT, and NPR.  This plan is just
going to extend already excessive private control over public discourse.

A number of planned legal challenges to the FCC auction, including one
joined by the CDF, argue that the sale infringes important free speech
rights by privatizing words.  We've looked carefully at the [free speech]
issue and designed the auction accordingly, responds Chairwoman Friedboot.
The auction does not actually sell rights to the words 'a', 'an', and
'the'.  The plan offers only the rights to the definite and indefinite
articles as grammatical functions.  People will still be free to use the
words, as long as they are not used as articles.  By the same token, people
will not be permitted to make unlicensed substitutions for the articles.
Assigning rights in the grammar is key to driving substantial innovation in
language.  We don't want to simply encourage cosmetic changes in the look
and sound of words.

Though a number of potential bidders were pre-qualified during a plan
feasibility study, the period of bidder qualification begins officially
today and is scheduled to run through the end of the year.



You have received this story as a subscriber to futurefeedforward.

For more stories, visit our archive at
http://futurefeedforward.com/archive2.mv

For a history of the future, visit our timeline at
http://futurefeedforward.com/timeline2.mv

To unscubscribe, visit http://futurefeedforward.com/e_list.mv





FW: Anger in politics

2002-02-06 Thread Michael Gurstein




Hi Gail,

A 
brief reply to a very provocative note... At the bottom, I have the feeling that 
all politics is about "interests"--corporate, community, collective, 
personal--however you want to slice or dice it. When "interests" are 
threatened no matter by whom or to what end, people get angry so the issue is 
not the anger but the interests.

I also 
have the feeling that some of the edges of the grand conflicts of our time, 
which were mitigated by the broad sweep of social democracy/social welfarism and 
the rising post WWII tide, have now begun for a variety of reasons (being 
explored by FW for example) to shift back to their more normal state of being 
raw and occasionally bloody.

The 
anger is a symptom of folks who are hurting and who feel rather let down that 
the social consensus which used to prevail and which they were more or less 
comfortable with, no longer holds and so we have the kind of thing quoted by Ed 
and the responses to Harris in Ontario.

MG

  -Original Message-From: G. Stewart 
  [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]Sent: February 6, 2002 9:39 
  AMTo: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; [EMAIL PROTECTED]; 
  [EMAIL PROTECTED]Subject: Anger in 
politics
  Ed, Mike, Keith,
  
  Having already a sufficient number of lines 
  in the water on FW I don't want to add another or would be sending you this 
  question on-list. (If, in response, you have a comment you'd like to put 
  on-list, please don't hesitate. It's not a private question.)
  
  Edwrote: "what his government 
  is doing is driven by a punitive and destructive ideology" (re Gordon Campbell in B.C.)and I had recently had occasion to note on FW the 
  "anger" with which the Harris government in Ontario had come into office and 
  behaved. 
  
  The issue of "anger" in politics is coming 
  to seem to me the source of more problems than ideology per se. Our political 
  processes seem to legitimate and perhaps even foster anger -- the release of 
  distaste, dislike and disrespect rather than the surge of empathy, compassion 
  or thoughtfulness. The larger ties-that-bind seem to get lost. I find it 
  increasingly frightening, likely to invite the growth of serious civil 
  discontent and especially unfortunatein an age when so many issues 
  concern the "commons."
   
  Does it point, doyou 
  think,toa need to strengthening the integrative processes and 
  temper the partisan or are such antipathetic emotions healthy, maybe even 
  essential outlets, in a body politic? Democracies use the adversarial system 
  deliberately and to good effect (e.g., parliaments and courts, the "balancing 
  of powers" in the US, etc.) butby taking for granted thatit is 
  legitimate forleaders to govern"punitively and 
  destructively"itsometimes seems to mewe risk corroding the 
  foundations of democratic politics that lie in fellow-feeling. Such leaders 
  lose their capacity to represent "all the people" thus threatening the 
  legitimacy of government itself. B.C. seems to me to verge on this from time 
  to time. Were it a country and not "merely" a province, safe within the arms 
  of a larger federation, I suspect it might be in difficulty in a system of 
  government that requires the consent of the governed to make it 
  work.
  
  Perhapsall this is 
  soself-evident as not to be worth mentioning but sometimes the necessary 
  foundations of a situation becomeweakened through being taken so for 
  granted they are not articulated? 
  
  Your wisdom on this, gentlemen?
  
  Regards,
  
  Gail
  
  Gail Stewart[EMAIL PROTECTED]


FW: workology

2002-02-04 Thread Michael Gurstein
Title: workology




-Original Message-From: Eric Lilius 
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]Sent: February 4, 2002 11:01 
AM







  
  


  

  


  
  


  


  
About your host
  
Email us your work 
  stories
  
cbc.ca

  Workology on CBC Radio 
  One is back!
  Starting January 7, 
  2002 from 10-11 am coast to coast.
  Then join us every Monday 
  until February 25. Same Workology time, same cutting-edge Workology radio. 
  And...for all you 9to5-ers Workology will be repeated in the evening from 8-9 
  pm


  Workology is about the 
  secret world of work - the how, where and why we scratch out a living. On this 
  budding radio show we hit the streets, and go behind closed doors to find out 
  what the boss is really thinking, what the temp is plotting...and what it 
  takes to make us happy at our jobs. 
  Workology is a smart, 
  funny, and often subversive look at what we do for money. We want to hear your 
  stories, thoughts and tips for survival. Drop us a line at [EMAIL PROTECTED].
  Workology is hosted by Jane Farrow (employee #11758). It is 
  produced by Nick Purdon (from his new 
  office 2G103). Both Jane and Nick are bossed around by executive producer Ira Basen, (who can say 'no' with the best 
  of them).


  Sign up for our super 
  deluxe Workology (tm) email list. 
  All you have to do is send 
  an email 
  here...and type "subscribe" somewhere in the body of the message. If you 
  have any problems email me and i'll 
  help you out. 


  The Next Available 
  Operator: In many parts of the country, call centre jobs are just about 
  the only game in town. But what's it like to be on the other end of that phone 
  call? Workology goes inside the call centre. Also call centre consultant Berta 
  Banks tests Nick and Jane to see if they have what it takes to be the "next 
  available operator". Click 
  here for Berta's website.
  The Clockwatcher: 
  Lisa Ayuso attends a conference for Administrative Professionals. In the old 
  days they called them secretaries. Lisa reports on some of the helpful tips 
  she learned there. Here's 
  Lisa's brand new website. 
  Plus...hugs and 
  handshakes in the office
Listen to the show  | Download the show 

  Out the Door - 
  Producer Nick Purdon investigates the art and science of firing. Its hard on 
  the person being fired, but it can be rough on the person doing the deed as 
  well. Learn some tips from the pros.
  Ask Jane - the 
  first of a new feature where listeners ask Jane to help solve their workplace 
  problems. Today, what to do when the boss favours one employee over all the 
  others.
  Workplace 
  Confessional - find out what drove an otherwise sane and competent 
  employee to start shredding cheques from customers and mixing them into her 
  cat's kitty litter.
Listen to the show  | Download the show 

  Inside the fire 
  hall - a Toronto 
  firefighter gives us a rare glimpse of what that job is really like, and the 
  toll it can take on the people who do it.
  The Office Fridge: 
  Jane goes inside the office fridge and asks "who's in charge here?"
  The Clockwatcher - 
  Lisa Ayuso, our disgruntled Clockwatcher, presents a seminar entiltled: "Tall 
  Tales, White Lies: The Art of Office Fabrication. 
  Downsize Diary - 
  part one of a diary written by a Montreal woman who recently lost her 
  job.
Listen to the show  | Download the show 

  The fight for the ears 
  of the office. One 
  of the biggest ratings wars in radio history is happening right now as 
  stations battle for the for the at-work radio listener. Workology has the 
  story covered from the frontlines to the decision-makers. 
  Managing your 
  image. It is a startling statistic. Ninety percent of men suffer from TPS 
  (tight pant syndrome). Could this affliction, coupled with a creased jacket 
  and sweat-stained shirts, be what is holding you back from the corner office? 
  You won't want to miss Jane's interview with image consultant Catherine 
  Bell.Catherine's website is here. 
  Solitaire sabotage: 
  Listen to Jenny Farkas' heroic story. She erases the solitaire program 
  from her lazy boss' computer and is transformed into an office folk hero. 
  
Listen to the show  | Download the show 

  Warning: 
  Wokology can be dangerous to your job! Gival Shuster from Calgary has a story 
  about how our segment called: "how do you know its time to go?" propelled her 
  to quit her job. Listen to Workology...but listen carefully. 
  Workplace sinners, 
  please come forward. You know who you are. Ye who have sinned against your 
  company, who have transgressed against your boss. Now is the moment to come 
  together, and seek absolution. Whether you 'borrowed' office supplies or sent 
  a personal letter through the company mail... unburden yourself. This week we 
  open the door to the Workplace confessional. Step inside sinners...send us your story.
  On a more 

RE: Gifting (was Re: Fw: conference)

2002-02-03 Thread Michael Gurstein


As I recall, Levinas' intellectual antecedent wasn't Adam Smith the
Political Economist, rather it was Georg Simmel the Sociologist who linked
the Gift into structures of social exchange involving subtle patterns of
culture and psychology rather than the monotonic structures of (as for
example Chicago School interpreted) trade.

To short circuit the likely response a bit--certainly all trade is
interpretable as exchange but most for example, Anthropology research, is
built on the premise that not all exchange is simply trade.

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: February 3, 2002 10:51 AM
To: Brad McCormick, Ed.D.
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; [EMAIL PROTECTED]; G.
Stewart
Subject: Gifting (was Re: Fw: conference)


Hi Brad,

You cited the French philosopher Emmanuel Levinas:

. . .  the ultimate reason for production is not the satisfaction of needs,
but to have something to offer as a gift to welcome the other (as opposed
to being reduced to receiving the other empty handed).


and then you wrote:

(BMcC)

Obviously this is not economics, but it may help us *situate* economics
in the encompassing world of our factual and potential life.


But Levinas was absolutely dead right! Gifting *is* economics. It's
otherwise called trade.

Keith

__
Writers used to write because they had something to say; now they write in
order to discover if they have something to say. John D. Barrow
_
Keith Hudson, Bath, England;  e-mail: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
_




RE: Economics as a science (was Re: Double-stranded Economics)

2002-02-02 Thread Michael Gurstein



Harry, 


My 
point really wasn't about "gender sensitivity" but rather that, as the Feminist 
scholars have forced us to recognize (and as various other folks--notably Ray, 
have already pointed out)--words have meanings in contexts and that if we evoke 
a word we also evoke the context both in ourselves as the scribe, and in the 
reader -- and they need not (in fact are unlikely) to be the same. 


Formal 
Philosophy ( of the Linguistic Analysis school) made mince meat of the Germans 
(Hegel,Schopenhouer, etc.etc.) byat the base, pointing out that the 
attempt to evoke syllogistic or mathematical logic using highly contextualized 
language, just wasn't on.

Hence, 
I would guess, the flight ofEconomics into evermore 
rarified(and disembodied) invocations of pure Math and the departure 
ofEconomics teaching from Economics reality as presented by Ed and 
Arthur.

Its 
not quite "Words mean what I say that they mean" but rather that "Words means 
what wehave accepted that they mean" where "we" is understood in "our" 
multitudes, rather than in "their" pseudo scientific 
singularity.

Mike 
Gurstein


  -Original Message-From: 
  [EMAIL PROTECTED] 
  [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Harry 
  PollardSent: February 1, 2002 3:23 PMTo: Michael 
  Gurstein; Keith HudsonCc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; 
  [EMAIL PROTECTED]Subject: RE: Economics as a science (was Re: 
  Double-stranded Economics)Mike,I 
  said originally:"Man's desires are unlimited.""Man seeks to 
  satisfy his desires with the least exertion."(Gender sensitive people 
  can change "Man" to "People".)So, change it to people.No 
  problem.Incidentally, Man and Mankind used to mean people before the 
  feminists decided to try witchcraft (or warlockcraft). 
  Harry__-Michael 
  wrote:
  Hmmm...Let's take a wee look 
at the first two of those first premises as posited byKeith...1. 
Man's desires are unlimited;2. Man seeks to satisfy his desires with 
the least exertion;Does that also and necessarily include, 
"scientifically" of course,:1. Woman's desires are 
unlimited;2. Women seek to satisfy their desires with the least 
exertion;(or do we suddenly find ourselves in some nasty messy 
confusions of meaning,structured misunderstanding, nuance, "he said/she 
said... etc.etc. which Ibelieve is partially the point being made by the 
Post-Autistic Economists.MG
  **
  Harry Pollard
  Henry George School of LA
  Box 655
  Tujunga CA 91042
  Tel: (818) 352-4141
  Fax: (818) 353-2242
  ***


RE: Basket case

2002-02-02 Thread Michael Gurstein


I don't think I've ever said that I was particularly proud of the Canadian
Health system, I personally have no responsibility for it except for having
paid my taxes over the years, rather what I did say was that its relative
success, efficiency and universal accessibility is generally a source of
considerable pride to Canadians and a major perceived differentiator of
Canada from the US.  I should also say that as a relatively healthy consumer
I find it infinitely more accessible (and user friendly) than the
comparable US system.

The issues of staffing shortfalls, lengthening queues for service and so on
etc., are a direct effect of the close proximity and more or less seamless
transfer of certification for Canadian health professionals into the US
where salary levels are anywhere from 70 - 200% higher.

My larger point was that you were using the UK NHS as a dire example of the
failure of government to provide effective services, and my larger point was
that while this may a useful example for the UK, it is by no means
generalizable either for health services of for Government's role in service
delivery in general, outside of the UK.

Mike Gurstein


-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: January 30, 2002 3:20 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Basket case



I know that some of you (at least Mike Gurstein), are proud of your health
service in Canada. And, because I know nothing about it, I've never made a
single comment about your health service in the several years I've been
writing on FW. All I've done is to agree with Harry's recent comment that,
because of the dire shortage of nurses, doctors and other health
professionals in Canada that Sally drew our attention to, it seems to have
some similarities with the National Helath Service in England.

I only write about the NHS over here because it's an excellent, though sad,
example, of what happens when a public service is led from the top by
non-medical government officials and politicians who've appropriated the
power and responsibility all the way down the line.

The NHS is such a basket case that Tony Blair has given a hostage to
fortune by saying that he wants to be judged at the next General Election
by his success at reforming the hospitals. The rumours that are emanating
from the press about the reforms that are coming do indeed suggest
revolutionary changes. Even allowing hospitals to manage themselves! But it
is doubtful that almost 50 years of arrogant and detailed control from
London can be repaired all that quickly.

(In the meantime, 25,000 patients needing operations are going to be sent
to Greece [that is, besides France, Germany, etc] -- according to some
press reports. If this is being seriously negotiated, this shows just how
disastrous the NHS has been in this country and how desperate Blair is to
reduce the waiting lists before the next Election.)

Keith Hudson
__
Writers used to write because they had something to say; now they write in
order to discover if they have something to say. John D. Barrow
_
Keith Hudson, Bath, England;  e-mail: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
_




RE: Economics as a science (was Re: Double-stranded Economics)

2002-02-01 Thread Michael Gurstein

Hmmm...

Let's take a wee look at the first two of those first premises as posited by
Keith...

1. Man's desires are unlimited;

2. Man seeks to satisfy his desires with the least exertion;


Does that also and necessarily include, scientifically of course,:

1. Woman's desires are unlimited;

2. Women seek to satisfy their desires with the least exertion;

(or do we suddenly find ourselves in some nasty messy confusions of meaning,
structured misunderstanding, nuance, he said/she said... etc.etc. which I
believe is partially the point being made by the Post-Autistic Economists.

MG


-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: February 1, 2002 4:21 AM
To: Harry Pollard
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Economics as a science (was Re: Double-stranded Economics)


Hi Harry and Arthur,

For the time being, let me take just one strand from your (HP's) latest
mail and attempt to show how economics can be used as a science. This will
never make the whole story at all times as we (HP and KH) both agree --
human nature is also involved -- but the overall structure over the longer
term ought to be scientifically analysable *and* predictions made with a
high degree of confidence:

I will attempt to prove that the composition of world trade will be largely
predictable over the long term (that is, subject to temporary wayward
swings of, what Greenspan calls irrational exuberance) .

-

My five basic premisses are as follows -- the first two contributed by you
(with which I obviously agree). I think these premisses are reasonable but
I'm not going to attempt to justify these here:

1. Man's desires are unlimited;

2. Man seeks to satisfy his desires with the least exertion;

3. Ricardo's Law of Comparative Advantage holds;

4. As world-wide competitiveness increases, all national currencies (or a
single world currency in due course) will increasingly represent the
economic (that is, energy) efficiency of operations of supply of goods and
services in any country, region, city, whatever;

5. As world-wide competitiveness increases, then the pattern of spending of
all customers on staple goods and services will become increasingly similar.



Proof:

Let the world consists of two countries only -- X and Y.

Let X and Y have similar standards of living and similar patterns of
consumer spending at a given instant.

Let each country produce goods and services A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H.

Let the efficiency of production of country X is in the order:
A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H; and that the efficiency of production of country Y is
E,F,G,H,A,B,C,D.

Then, clearly, the standard of living of both countries can be maximised
when country X makes and exports A,B,C,D only to country Y, and country Y
makes and exports E,F,G,H only to country X.

This can now be generalised to all goods and services and to all countries,
regions, cities and, indeed individual producers and consumers.

Therefore:

Given enough computing power, then the overall pattern of world trade can
be predicted.

--

Now the above can't account for new discoveries and innovative goods and
services. But, given that important new ones come along now and again,
then, as soon as they become incorporated in one statistically valid region
(that is, one with enough consumers to give a sensible sample), then a
reformulation of future world trade can be arrived at.

--

This has some important consequences:

1. Maximising world trade is desirable for all;

2. However, the shunting of production or service operations around the
world (say, on the basis of the cost of labour only) by individual
corporations with a narrow range of  products is not desirable, nor stable,
over the long term.

This is the valid core of the argument of the anti-globalisation protesters
and if they were to confine themselves to this point only then I would
agree wholeheartedly with them.

3. Ideally, each country, region, city, of individual (any entity with
aspirations) should not copy the staple operations of others but should
maximise those operations which are unique to it/he/she (or to which
it/he/she is especially benefited by location, climate, etc.).

Very good examples of the dangers of not doing this are those of the
'copycat countries' of Asia which tried to replicate the production of
consumer goods of other more established countries. They may succeed very
well for a while with temporary increases in efficiency, particularly if
they have a large domestic market, but unless they can show clear
efficiency advantages over the longer term then they're in trouble as
regards exports. Today, for example, Japan is not able to invest profitably
at the present time because its present production mix is too similar to
America's and doesn't seem to be developing anything which gives it a clear
comparative advantage.

The lesson is that all entities should specialise in what they are already
particularly good at, or 

FW: [CI]: Design Principles for ICTs

2002-01-27 Thread Michael Gurstein


This might be of some interest on Futurework as well...

M

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Michael
Gurstein
Sent: January 25, 2002 8:11 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: RE: [CI]: Design Principles for ICTs

My work in Cape Breton Island sounds somewhat similar to Don's except being
perhaps somewhat more experimental.  The job was to see if ICT's could be
used to help to recreate an economic base for communities whose previous
economic base (coal, steel, fishing) has disappeared.

I won't go into the details on this, I've written quite a lot about it in
various places, but one idea from that work might be of interest.

As we worked to develop locally sustainable, employment creating ICT
applications, an opportunity emerged to develop and manage the support
(remote training, help desk, administration) for the broader
regional/provincial/national Internet Access program being developed by the
Canadian Government.  All the conditions were there--we had a very large
pool of fairly skilled (and trainable) currently unemployed people, we had
the technical infrastructure, we had a post-secondary institution eager to
provide technical and administrative back-up, we had access to a quite large
pool of start-up funding (from funds assigned to support training/living
support for the formerly employed folks).  What we lacked was the
opportunity--the contract to undertake the job.  Without that initial
contract everything we did was just a dress rehearsal, but with that
contract (this was 1996), I could see some real long term opportunities for
doing this commercially in the longer term.

But we couldn't get that first contract.  And the reason that we couldn't
get that first contract is interesting...

The default position for the allocation of these contracts was that they
went through nornmal channels--and of course, the normal channels for
start-up, technical contracts was that they would go to the usual
suppliers, and the usual suppliers were those who had already done that kind
of thing--almost without exception, firms that were already established in
conventional (metropolitan) locations and linked into existing firms with
good contracting lobbying skills etc.etc.

Our challenge, which we never managed to overcome was to shift the
default--open up the bidding /expectations to unconventional
sources/locations like ours.  The current default perspective is one that
supports centralized management, concentration of work in metropolitan
regions, the use of conventional approaches to work design/organizational
structuring.  But of course, we know that the technology now and
increasingly allows for dramatically different ways of structuring
work/organization/jobs.

Some of that is starting to creep in--in the US, 9.11 has resulted in some
rethinking of how work could be restructured using technology so as to avoid
the need for metropolitan/high rise office concentration.  But mind
sets/conceptual defaults run deep and strong and they don't change
easily--so that I think Don, is the on-going challenge for the kind of work
you are (and we were) trying to accomplish.

Mike Gurstein

Michael Gurstein, Ph.D.
(Visiting) Professor:  School of Management
New Jersey Institute of Technology,
Newark, NJ

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Don Cameron
Sent: January 24, 2002 3:48 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Re: [CI]: Design Principles for ICTs

Hello Horace,

You wrote: I agree that, short term, new uses of ICTs have both real and
potential bad effects as well as providing positive opportunities, I
disagree that there are inherent threats (snip).

Perhaps our differing perspectives are really nothing more than a matter of
scope.

I certainly agree that in the global sphere of humanity your points are
sound. ICT is positive development tool and as such has benefited millions
(if not billions) of people around the world - and yes, the same can be said
for many other technological developments.

However my perspective is not (currently) global. I am working for the
development of several small communities, where your summation is
demonstrably false - a matter of perspective.

Humanity may benefit from freeway's born of the automotive industry, however
the thousands of small towns by-passed and subsequently dying may not see it
this way. Similarly those towns who grew from rail, and subsequently lost
rail services as a result of cost restructuring might not agree about the
inherent benefits of rail to humanity.

Threats exist whether we wish to acknowledge them or not. It is the degree
by which we address and manage threats that determines long-term benefits
and gains.

I have been involved in quite a number of community ICT developments, and
without exception those that have proved sustainable are those that grew
from a base of awareness. What do we want to do? What are the opportunities?
What are the threats

RE: Class-ridden society (was RE: The Health Care Workplace in Crisis)

2002-01-27 Thread Michael Gurstein


Hi Keith,

Based on my experience living in England for several years in the 1970's
quite close to the belly of that beast (in Cambridge) what you are saying
seems consistent with what I saw...

But as a consequence, I think it rather awkward for you to attempt to
generalize from the clearly somewhat skewed experience in the UK with
bureaucratic management/social democracy to other jurisdictions or toward
universal conclusions.

Also, certainly there is on the part of Canadians a degree of envy at the US
financial success and a degree of animosity at the overweening attitudes of
the US and its indifference to the impact of its often short-sighted and
imperious behaviour on its Northern neighbour.

But our Canadian traditions of the use of the State for supporting and
promoting the public good are one's of which we have been very proud, and in
the case of health care we use as a major source of differentiating
ourselves from the US.

MG

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: January 25, 2002 8:03 AM
To: Michael Gurstein
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Class-ridden society (was RE: The Health Care Workplace in
Crisis)


Hi Mike,

At 07:35 24/01/02 -0500, you wrote:
It sounds to me Keith, that these problems in the UK Health Sector have
much
less to do with any structures of management whether State supported or
not,
but rather that somehow this sector has managed to maintain rather
traditional British systems (to use the Sociological terms) of status based
privilege. These were rife throughout British society when I last lived
there in the 1970's and which (to her credit) Dame Margaret managed to
sweep
away from many parts of British society.

When I last had any direct observation, all of that was very specific to
Merrie Olde and was based on historical factors which completely by-passed
most of the rest of the World.

Yes, England is still a class-ridden society.

Please excuse the following disquisition (albeit as brief as I can make it)
-- my apologies if  I'm trying to teach my sociological grandmother to suck
eggs.

The NHS as from 1947 was really a continuation of the sort of highly
centralised civil service control that started at around 1870/90 when there
was a new species of thousands of middle-class scions of those
nouveau-riche industrialists and merchants who came into existence during
the earlier part of the century. The brightest of these trooped into Oxford
and Cambridge U's, joined the pre-existing aristocracy and turned their
backs on the lowly origins of their family wealth.

The importance of this wave of talented and sizeable group can hardly be
overestimated. Historians are only just realising the full impact of this
new class (mainly in the arts, politics and the professions). There was
already a highly demarcated, but effete, landed aristocracy and this new
group simply implanted themselves into this -- with the existing
deferentialist society staying in place all around them. Thus in their own
new meritocratic ways, the new Oxbridge class continued to extract
advantage from the country at large -- this time by manipulation rather
than the exercise of brute power.

So this is really the tradition of the civil service in this country --
aided and abetted by the fact that England was sufficiently small
(geographically) for the new sort of power to be exercised directly from
the clublands of London and able to drain away the powers of the industrial
cities of the north.* And the civil service has had considerable power ever
since, able to influence governments of whatever persuasion, able to
consolidate itself at every turn, whatever new policies were brought in.
Also, two World Wars greatly helped. It's only been in the two or three
decades that the power of the civil service has begun to wane because the
very brightest of the Oxbridge brigade were no longer automatically
entering the civil service, the arts or the professions but also going into
the new sorts of multinationals taking over from traditional manufacturing.

(*The local authorities of which, incidentally, made the greatest strides
in health improvement, long before a powerful civil service came on the
scene.)

So you have nothing like this in Canada. The similarities (shortages of
doctors, nurses and other health professionals) thus appear to be
coincidental -- as you suggest below:

(MG)
The problems with the Canadian Health Care System are certainly not
that--we
don't have much centralized management; no NHS for example, rather, I think
the problems lie deeper in the general malaise of the Canadian
economy/dollar which has fallen dramatically against the US$ over the last
ten years or so, while so many of our health inputs are either priced in
US$
(technology) or have to compete for resources (people) with
folks/institutions waving US$ salaries.

I don't know enough about Canada to comment on this, save to say that from
over the water we generally

FW: [ffdngocaucus] FW: FfD and ...flying cows...

2002-01-27 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: Carol Barton [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: January 24, 2002 10:18 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: FFD Women's Caucus
Subject: [ffdngocaucus] FW: FfD and ...flying cows...



-Original Message-
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: Wednesday, January 23, 2002 11:44 AM

David Ransom, co-editor of the New Internationalist, reports from behind the
scenes at the UN Raising Voices for Financing for Development meeting, and
the FfD prepcom. A rather satirical (and frightening) description of an
event that has failed, he highlights, to attract the public attention it
should have.

Here’s a slightly edited and shorter version of his piece (comments,
satirical or not, are welcomed):

“Every cow in Europe could be flown around the world, First Class, for the
money spent on agricultural subsidies by the European Union. I didn't know
this, nor that there's a UN conference on 'Financing for Development' coming
up in Monterrey, Mexico, this March. It seems I am not alone. So the UN has
invited a small band of us to their headquarters here in New York City to
raise awareness and, they hope, our voices too.
(…)
And so a couple of thousand diplomats swarm around a conference room inside
the UN. We've been invited to witness a preparatory committee – 'PrepCom' –
for the Monterrey conference. People greet each other with the limp
handshakes of international diplomacy. I lean languidly against a blank
wall, trying not to look too conspicuous. Officials sit in the alphabetical
order of their country. New Zealand (no, not 'A' for Aotearoa) and
Nicaragua, just in front of me, must have got to know each other pretty well
over the years.
A buzz and then a hush marks the arrival of Kofi Annan, the UN
Secretary-General himself. He, and two bulky security guards with restless
eyes, cast some special significance over the proceedings. He reminds
delegates of the importance of their task. For the first time in its
history, the UN is staging a major conference on global finance.
As a rule this is the closely guarded preserve of the International Monetary
Fund (IMF), the World Bank and now the World Trade Organization (WTO). But
'development' falls within UN territory. And the UN has adopted a set of
Millennium Development Goals (see panel). Without the finance, there’ll be
no ball to score these goals with. Hence UN interest in Financing for
Development, and the international conference in Mexico, which starts on 18
March.

Styled ‘a critical global collaboration’, the conference won’t be restricted
to the usual UN officials, diplomats and politicians. The IMF, World Bank –
the ‘Bretton Woods’ institutions – and WTO are participating too. For those
of us who believe that they should always have been accountable to the UN –
as was originally intended – this looks like a breakthrough.
There is, however, an equal and opposite danger – that the UN will be eaten
for breakfast by the Bretton Woods institutions. The lethal mix of
free-market nostrums, free-trade propaganda, 'structural adjustment' and
privatization they dispense goes by the name of the Washington Consensus.
This is, in reality, the transnational corporate agenda in drag.
Transnational corporations have tightened their grip on every international
institution, especially those that have anything at all to do with money.
Until recently the UN itself was something of an exception. But now the
Secretary-General has agreed a 'Compact' with major global corporations.
This will allow them, among other things, to use the UN logo. In future,
distressed citizens of the world won't know for certain whether it's the UN
or Nike riding to the rescue.
Kofi Annan announces to the meeting the appointment of two 'Special Envoys
on Financing for Development'. One is Trevor Manuel, the respectable Finance
Minister of South Africa. The other is the former Managing Director of the
IMF, Michel Camdessus. My jaw drops in disbelief as I hear his name. More
than anyone else, he is associated with the devastation wrought by debt and
'structural adjustment' around the world, particularly in the South. Is the
Secretary-General unaware that on the city streets of the South the name of
Camdessus is mud?
I've been ploughing through the paperwork. In earlier drafts of the
Monterrey 'outcome' document I've seen some reference to 'innovative sources
of finance', such as a 'Tobin' tax on currency speculation, or a global
carbon tax. These would raise serious money, probably sufficient to fund the
Development Goals and the UN as well, while requiring an entirely new,
global system of taxation. In the latest 'draft outcome' document they have
disappeared without trace – or, to be more precise, into a 'study requested
by the Secretary-General'.

When Kofi Annan leaves the meeting, contributions from the floor come
predominantly from Scandinavia. They focus on a proposal to double official
development assistance, or foreign aid. This would doubtless be a very good
thing. But 

RE: The Health Care Workplace in Crisis

2002-01-24 Thread Michael Gurstein

It sounds to me Keith, that these problems in the UK Health Sector have much
less to do with any structures of management whether State supported or not,
but rather that somehow this sector has managed to maintain rather
traditional British systems (to use the Sociological terms) of status based
privilege. These were rife throughout British society when I last lived
there in the 1970's and which (to her credit) Dame Margaret managed to sweep
away from many parts of British society.

When I last had any direct observation, all of that was very specific to
Merrie Olde and was based on historical factors which completely by-passed
most of the rest of the World.

The problems with the Canadian Health Care System are certainly not that--we
don't have much centralized management; no NHS for example, rather, I think
the problems lie deeper in the general malaise of the Canadian
economy/dollar which has fallen dramatically against the US$ over the last
ten years or so, while so many of our health inputs are either priced in US$
(technology) or have to compete for resources (people) with
folks/institutions waving US$ salaries.

Mike Gurstein

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Keith Hudson
Sent: January 24, 2002 7:13 AM
To: S. Lerner
Cc: Harry Pollard; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Re: The Health Care Workplace in Crisis


I'm extracting just two sentences from Sally's posting of  The Health Care
Workplace in Crisis - What to Do ?:


Recent surveys show health professionals [in Canada] are the least likely
of all occupations to describe their work environment as healthy. Their job
satisfaction is also below the national average.

and

The Canadian Nurses Association predicts a shortage of 60,000 nurses in
Canada by 2011. That's 25% of the current nursing labour force. The College
of Family Physicians of Canada sees a shortfall of 6,000 family physicians
by the same date. Technologists, therapists, audiologists and speech
pathologists will also be in short supply.


Harry commented that the situation seems similar to that of the National
Health Service in England. Yes, indeed, very similar.

There's been a fascinating development over here since my last posting!

Since last week, when we starting exporting patients for operations that
the NHS can't do for years, English people have been discovering from TV
just how superb the private hospitals are in France and Germany.

At the same time, French doctors have been discovering from their TV just
how much salary English NHS doctors have been receiving. The average family
doctor has an income of  £71,000 p.a. (US$ 100,000 p.a.). The average
French state doctor has an income less than half of that.  So they're going
on strike!

In England, it's obviously not been low rates of pay (for doctors) that's
the problem. (Hospital surgeons get even more -- altogether, with large
additional merit payments,  making upwards of US$ 500,000 p.a. in many,
if not most, cases.) It's the way they have been treated by the top-down
highly-centralised system managed by the non-medical mandarins of the
Ministry of Health ever since 1947.

This is why the whole system is demoralised, dirty, and in disarray. This
is why a quarter of trainee-doctors drop out before they have finished
(very expensive) training, and why a further quarter drop out within two
years of qualifying after sampling life in hospitals and general practice.
This is why almost half the nurses in the NHS are now recruited from Asian
countries like the Philippines.

In a matter as important as health, I really don't care in practice whether
a public health service is owned by private interests, or the State. (In
France and Germany it's a dual system.) That's not the important point. The
important one is that all junior staff (including doctors below consultancy
level) and patients are treated as unimportant and have almost no say in
choice of treatment, conditions and management.

That's why a revolution is now taking place in our NHS -- although, as is
the case with all revolutions, no-one knows yet how it's going to turn out.

Keith Hudson

__
“Writers used to write because they had something to say; now they write in
order to discover if they have something to say.” John D. Barrow
_
Keith Hudson, Bath, England;  e-mail: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
_




FW: On the Enron Debacle

2002-01-19 Thread Michael Gurstein



-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Steve Brant
Sent: January 19, 2002 10:42 AM
To: Triumph of Content List
Subject: FW: On the Enron Debacle


This is from the discussion list for students of management guru W. Edwards
Deming...an interesting perspective that basically comes from looking at the
question What's the purpose of a business? (ie. to make money or to
provide a product of service that customers want?)

Steve Brant
-
Steven G. Brant, Business Futurist
Founder and Principal
Trimtab Management Systems
315 West 33rd Street, Suite 11B
New York, NY 10001
212-947-5705; 212-947-5706 (fax)
[EMAIL PROTECTED] http://www.trimtab.com

It is because we have at the present moment
everybody claiming the right of conscience
without going through any discipline whatsoever
that there is so much untruth being delivered
to a bewildered world. - Gandhi

--
From: Jonathan Siegel [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Reply-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Date: Thu, 17 Jan 2002 05:18:44 -0500
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: On the Enron Debacle
Resent-From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Resent-Date: Sat, 19 Jan 2002 08:56:41 -0500 (EST)

One of the remarkable things about the current Enron bankruptcy is that
it helps illustrate the extreme limits of what can happen when a
measurement is substituted for a purpose. The goal of Enron managers was
to increase the perceived value of their stock price by growing accrued
book revenues, and they did this, for a time, very well. Their method
was to turn their small utility company into a de facto trading company,
functioning as a kind of brokerage while remaining legally a utility.
Their secret weapon was the fact that while a brokerage is only allowed
to report its commission, a small percentage of a trade, as its revenue,
a legal utility is permitted to report the entire selling price of a
commodity on its top line, and to report the buying price as an expense.
The consequence was that Enron, while doing far less actual business
than many brokers, was able to report far higher revenue than any. And
simply by keeping a network of  buying and selling going on,
continuously churning trades back and forth in cooperation with various
entities, they were able to report ever increasing amounts of revenue
quarter after quarter, ending up with a top line that permitted them, on
the basis of these revenues, to claim themselves the seventh largest
company in the United States.

What is astonishing about Enron is that its business model was largely
open and public for many years. Their auditors reported the basis of
their revenue claims in every quarterly report. Independently of whether
or not some of their transactions were illegitimate, the simple fact is
that it ought to have been a fairly simple matter for an analyst,
reading their accounting methods, either figure out how to compare their
real business to an ordinary brokerage, or at least to know what
questions to ask to be able to make such a comparison. Their business
was not only much less than their stock price or debt load reflected, it
was obviously so.

But because Enron had a new accounting method, analysts believed this
meant it had a new business process. And given the ever-increasing
reported revenues, the Enron's new business model was presumed to be
unquestioningly effective. Perhaps we, as a society, have become so
accustomed to associating the act of running a business with the act of
making money - or rather, the act of booking revenue in accordance with
the arts of accountancy -- that corporate analysts appear not to have
had an institutional framework capable of distinguishing between an
accounting trick and a business process, between a revenue stream and
the production of value. And this is not the first time for this
particular failure. For example, the shares of Priceline.com and other
online travel agencies, who had used a similar accounting gimmick,
plummeted when they were required to report only their commission as
revenue, despite the fact that this accounting change meant no
meaningful difference in their actual business.

Presumably, under the Enron model, the ideal business would be some sort
of virtual or computer casino that operates at even money connected to
an equally virtual network of affiliated computer gamblers. Such a
business would be able to churn money in and out endlessly, and would be
able to generate an infinite revenue stream with no actual operations,
assets, products, customers, or profits to inhibit its growth. Enron
came very close to meeting this ideal. Unfortunately; it had a small
actual business buried in its operations, which had real stakeholders
and creditors. This imperfection was in no small part the source of its
trouble. Perhaps future businesses will avoid this mistake.

I cannot help but suspect that the ideal described in the preceding
paragraph represents a kind of classic, a pure model, a kind of holy
grail 

FW: Enron and the Gramms By BOB HERBERT ( Who's left to look out for the small fry?

2002-01-17 Thread Michael Gurstein




-Original Message-From: 
[EMAIL PROTECTED] 
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of 
[EMAIL PROTECTED]Sent: January 17, 2002 7:13 AMTo: 
[EMAIL PROTECTED]Subject: Enron and the Gramms By BOB 
HERBERT ( Who's left to look out for the small fry?January 17, 2002 Enron and the Gramms 
By BOB HERBERT 
http://www.nytimes.com/2002/01/17/opinion/17HERB.htmlE-mail: 
[EMAIL PROTECTED] hen Senator Phil Gramm and his wife Wendy danced, it 
was most often to Enron's tune. Mr. Gramm, a Texas Republican, is 
one of the top recipients of Enron largess in the Senate. And he is a demon for 
deregulation. In December 2000 Mr. Gramm was one of the ringleaders who 
engineered the stealthlike approval of a bill that exempted energy commodity 
trading from government regulation and public disclosure. It was a gift tied 
with a bright ribbon for Enron. Wendy Gramm has been influential in her 
own right. She, too, is a demon for deregulation. She headed the presidential 
Task Force on Regulatory Relief in the Reagan administration. And she was 
chairwoman of the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission from 1988 until 
1993. In her final days with the commission she helped push through a 
ruling that exempted many energy futures contracts from regulation, a move that 
had been sought by Enron. Five weeks later, after resigning from the commission, 
Wendy Gramm was appointed to Enron's board of directors. According 
to a report by Public Citizen, a watchdog group in Washington, "Enron paid her 
between $915,000 and $1.85 million in salary, attendance fees, stock options and 
dividends from 1993 to 2001." As a board member, Ms. Gramm has served on 
Enron's audit committee, but her eyesight wasn't any better than that of the 
folks at Arthur Andersen. The one thing Enron did not pay big bucks for was 
vigilance. There's a lot more you can say about the Gramms and Enron, 
and not much of it good. But Phil and Wendy Gramm are just convenient symptoms 
of the problem that has contributed so mightily to the Enron debacle and other 
major scandals of our time, from the savings and loan disaster to the Firestone 
tires fiasco. That problem is the obsession with deregulation that has had such 
a hold on the Republican Party and corporate America. An article 
in yesterday's Times noted the extensive links between Enron and the powerful 
Texas congressman Tom DeLay. Mr. DeLay became unhappy when Enron wooed a 
Democrat — a senior treasury official in the Clinton administration — to run its 
Washington office. "Still," the article said, "whatever the tensions last year, 
Mr. DeLay and Enron had a natural alliance. In his days in the Texas Capitol, 
Mr. DeLay was called Dereg by some because of his support of business. And in 
Congress he has been a longtime proponent of energy deregulation, an issue dear 
to Enron." Enron exploited the deregulation mania to the max, and the 
result has been economic ruin for thousands upon thousands of hard-working 
families. As Public Citizen put it, "Enron developed mutually beneficial 
relationships with federal regulators and lawmakers to support policies that 
significantly curtailed government oversight of [its] operations." 
The kind of madness that went on at Enron could only have flourished in 
the dark. Arthur Andersen was supposed to have been looking at the books, but 
the vast shadows cast by the ideology of deregulation allowed that company to 
escape effective scrutiny as well. So you have revolving-door abuses and 
pernicious financial arrangements between companies like Enron and auditors like 
Andersen that are similar to those between private companies and government 
agencies. Who's left to look out for the small fry? If the 
deregulation zealots had their way, we'd be left with tainted food, unsafe cars, 
bridges collapsing into rivers, children's pajamas bursting into flames and a 
host of corporations far more rapacious and unscrupulous than they are now. 
Enron manipulated the energy markets and cooked its own books in ways 
that would not have been possible if its operations had had a reasonable degree 
of transparency. But Enron operated in what has been widely characterized as a 
"black hole" that left competitors and others asking such basic questions as how 
the company made its money. How long will it take? How many decades and 
how many scandals have to come and go before we catch on? We're human. We're 
self-interested. And when left to our own devices, some of us will do the wrong 
thing. Some perspective is needed. Unchecked deregulation is an 
express route to chaos and tragedy. Where the public interest is involved, a 
certain amount of oversight — effective oversight — is essential. 
To Bacon: Not, 
knowledge is power'. The power of knowledge is its resource-fullness to 
learning.A student is a success when they change information into learning 
resources. 


RE: FW: LA Times: Argentine Crisis May Prompt the IMF to Change Ways

2002-01-08 Thread Michael Gurstein

You are right, Harry,

I should have written  the 'free market' Neo-Liberal folks...

M


-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of Harry Pollard
Sent: January 6, 2002 5:20 PM
To: Michael Gurstein; Futurework@Scribe. Uwaterloo. Ca
Subject: Re: FW: LA Times: Argentine Crisis May Prompt the IMF to Change
Ways


Michael wrote:

The free market Neo-Liberal folks have done their stuff for the last ten
years and what we see is the result.

Which means of course their were no economic crashes before the free
market Neo-Liberal folks. However, one of the important factors of freeing
economies is that governments must be responsible. Unfortunately, they
usually aren't. They take the money lent to smooth the changes and then
play fast and loose. (I've already reported on the $60 million given to
Nigeria that has simply disappeared. (I suggest a check of the Swiss banks.)

When governments get money, they waste it, and/or divert it to favored
individuals. Eventually, the chickens come home to roost. Then they have
nothing to show for the investment - but they still owe for the goodies
they were given.

So, they do the obvious - they ask for more.

It seems that everybody talks about money, but no-one understands what it
is. Normally money is said to have two functions. It's a measure of value:
and it's a medium of exchange. (Forget store of value - it doesn't
apply.)

Problem is that something which is a measure of value may make a poor
medium of exchange. Conversely, an excellent medium of exchange may be an
awful measure of value. Probably the best media of exchange are checks and
credit card slips - instant media produced and destroyed as they are
needed. At Christmas, for example, the amount of media may double, or
triple. This is not inflationary unless that's what you mean when you use
that word.

(Incidentally, inflation isn't an economic word at all, though it's now
used to cloud men's minds.)

Yet, bits of paper that are so useful as purchasing media, make an awful
measure of value.

A country's money is a good guide to its economic health. If people don't
want (say) Argentinean money at its market price, it means that traders
think its a bad buy at the asking price. So, Argentina will have to lower
its price.In the free market the price would drop it anyway and trade would
continue. That's he advantage of free convertibility - letting the market
show how badly - or how well - the economy is doing.

Unfortunately, when the money is weak, instead of repairing the economy
that makes it weak, they insist the money is really strong and adjust it to
show 'strong'. It's like warming the room by holding a match under the
thermometer, then pointing to the high temperature it shows.

Thus did Boros make his well-publicized 2 billion pound killing. Not so
well advertised  is that he lost 2 billion a year or so later.

Britain was forced by the European snake to maintain the pound at a value
much higher than it was really worth. The economic consequences were
getting dangerous, so Blair got out from the snake and devalued the pound.
Whereupon Boros made his killing, shrugging his shoulders and saying - what
else could Britain do?
When governments try to play with the money, disaster looms, which was the
problem in Argentina.

Back when people didn't know what their peso would buy tomorrow - inflation
was 5000% - President Carlos Menem decided to peg the peso to the dollar -
1 to 1.

Michael, what part of the preceding paragraph seems like the free market
to you? It's certainly what neo-liberals do (not liberals) but are you
suggesting free market means massive state intervention?

By golly, you are re-writing the dictionary!

The peso wasn't worth a dollar except by government fiat. The result was
that companies folded, nearly 20 percent became unemployed. Argentina
became one of the most expensive places to do business and the middle class
found what poverty was like. This on one side, with 5000% inflation on the
other.

Now they will unpeg the peso and set a new rate.

Is this a good example of the free market?

The idiots will probably devalue the peso by 30% (you'll know by the time
you read this) pressed by such problems as a shortage of medicines, and
zooming prices on staples like bread. This because businesses are covering
themselves against the coming devaluation.

However, never loath to do everything wrong, they are likely to allow
people to pay dollar debts with pesos at a one-to-one parity. This means
that people who lent a dollar to someone will get 70 cents back.

I suppose this also is a good example of the free market, Mike.

Actually, this is plain old Gresham. His Law stated that bad money would
drive out good. You would keep the good money under the mattress, while you
paid your debts with the bad. So, most of the loans were made in dollars -
but the workers were paid in pesos. It seems evident that the people didn't
trust the government's peg of one

FW: toc--America the Polarized (P Krugman NYTimes)

2002-01-04 Thread Michael Gurstein


-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]On Behalf Of James Beniger
Sent: January 4, 2002 11:35 AM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: toc--America the Polarized (P Krugman NYTimes)

---
 Copyright 2001 The New York Times Company
---
   http://www.nytimes.com/2002/01/04/opinion/04KRUG.html

  January 4, 2002


   AMERICA THE POLARIZED

   By PAUL KRUGMAN


 When Congress returns to Washington, the battles will resume -- and each
 party will accuse the other of partisanship. Why can't they just get
 along?

 Because fundamental issues are at stake, and the parties are as far apart
 on those issues as they have ever been.

 A recent article in Slate led me to Keith Poole and Howard Rosenthal,
 political scientists who use data on Congressional voting to create
 maps of politicians' ideological positions. They find that a
 representative's votes can be predicted quite accurately by his position
 in two dimensions, one corresponding to race issues, the other a left vs.
 right economic scale reflecting issues such as marginal tax rates and the
 generosity of benefits to the poor.

 And they also find -- not too surprisingly -- that the center did not
 hold. Ralph Nader may sneer at Republicrats, but Democrats and
 Republicans have diverged sharply since the 1980's, and are now further
 apart on economic issues than they have been since the early 20th
 century.

 Whose position changed? Tom Daschle doesn't seem markedly more liberal
 than, say, the late Tip O'Neill. On the other hand, Tom DeLay, who will
 soon be House majority leader, is clearly to the right of previous
 Republican leaders. In short, casual observation suggests that American
 politics has become polarized because Republicans have shifted to the
 right, and Democrats haven't followed them. And sure enough, the
 Poole-Rosenthal numbers that show a divergence between the parties also
 show that this divergence reflects a Republican move toward more
 conservative economic policies, while Democrats have more or less stayed
 put. As people like James Jeffords and Lincoln Chafee have found, it has
 become very hard to be what we used to call a moderate Republican.

 But why did the Republicans move to the right?

 It could be a matter of sheer intellectual conviction. Republicans have
 realized that low taxes and small government are good for everyone, and
 Democrats just don't get it. But ideas tend to take root when the soil
 has been fertilized by social and economic trends. Dr. Poole suggests
 that the most likely source of political polarization is economic
 polarization: the sharply widening inequality of income and wealth.

 I know from experience that even mentioning income distribution leads to
 angry accusations of class warfare, but anyway here's what the (truly)
 nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office recently found: Adjusting for
 inflation, the income of families in the middle of the U.S. income
 distribution rose from $41,400 in 1979 to $45,100 in 1997, a 9 percent
 increase. Meanwhile the income of families in the top 1 percent rose from
 $420,200 to $1.016 million, a 140 percent increase. Or to put it another
 way, the income of families in the top 1 percent was 10 times that of
 typical families in 1979, and 23 times and rising in 1997.

 It would be surprising indeed if this tectonic shift in the economic
 landscape weren't reflected in politics.

 You might have expected the concentration of income at the top to provoke
 populist demands to soak the rich. But as I've said, both casual
 observation and the Poole-Rosenthal numbers tell us that the Democrats
 haven't moved left, the Republicans have moved right. Indeed, the
 Republicans have moved so far to the right that ordinary voters have
 trouble taking it in; as I pointed out in an earlier column, focus groups
 literally refused to believe accurate descriptions of the stimulus bill
 that House Republican leaders passed on a party-line vote back in
 October.

 Why has the response to rising inequality been a drive to reduce taxes on
 the rich? Good question. It's not a simple matter of rich people voting
 themselves a better deal: there just aren't enough of them. To understand
 political trends in the United States we probably need to think about
 campaign finance, lobbying, and the general power of money to shape
 political debate.

 In any case, the moral of this story is that the political struggles in
 Washington right now are not petty squabbles. The right is on the
 offensive; the left -- occupying the position formerly known as the
 center -- wants to hold the line. Many commentators still delude
 themselves with the comforting notion that all this partisanship is a
 temporary aberration. Sorry, guys: this is the way it's going to be, for
 the foreseeable future. 

FW: Argentina down and out

2002-01-02 Thread Michael Gurstein


I realize that the process might not have moved far enough as yet in
Argentina, but I wonder whether the quite extensive network of Telecentres
or public Internet access sites, is playing or could play a role in the
developments there.

I believe that one of the implicit objectives of Telecentres could/should be
to act as a focal point for local (technology/information/strategic)
innovation in communities where other possible sources of inspiration or
resources for innovation are lacking. In a context where those at the top
(at the centre) seem bereft of ideas and where there appears little capacity
for the development of innovative responses to local circumstances, then the
Internet, could/should offer opportunities for those away from the
top/centre to identify their own paths and to link with others--regionally,
nationally, globally to support and enable those strategies.

Of course, such an approach argues most strongly for a bottom-up rather than
top-down strategy for Telecentre development since without engaged and
informed local leadership such local capacity for innovation (I call these
Community Innovation Systems) will not develop or will not be sufficiently
focussed to create any sort of effective local critical mass.  A close link
between this community access and a local university or college is a key
element in developing a Community Innovation System, particularly if the
university or college has a strong committment to working and making its
resources available to its local community.

In thinking about this approach I am, of course, reflecting on my own
experience working on Cape Breton Island, a peripheral Canadian region.  If
anyone is interested, I've discussed some of this work in a couple of recent
papers (one in Keeble and Loader's new book on Community Informatics)-- I
could email Word versions, and I've got multiple copies of a book on our
experiences (with a modest contribution for shipping and handling).  Another
and more extended discussion is currently in book proofs.

Mike Gurstein

-Original Message-
From: Horace Mitchell [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: January 2, 2002 1:24 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: RE: [Globalcn2000] FW: Argentina down and out


Many thanks to Michael Gurstein for re-posting that eloquent piece from
Alberto Manguel. I'm sure that all my fellow-Europeans join in sadness for
what has been happening in Argentina and in prayers for the future. The
worst aspect is the way most observers (inside and outside Argentina) seem
to offer no real hope for the kind of substantial change that is needed to
work out from today's mess. What is most puzzling - at this distance - is
how, in an inherently wealthy country, with a mainly European, mainly
educated population and a large middle class, plus a democratic process, the
voters of Argentina have continued to elect governments that have continued
the process of decline?

Alberto Manguel avers that:

Every society is an invention, an imaginary construct based on the
agreement
between individuals who have decided to live together under common laws.

and that Argentina is now a society that no longer believes in its own
integrity. Here in the UK some would say that under Thatcher we moved too
far towards a get-rich-quick social mentality with too much emphasis on
individual gain and insufficient emphasis on societal responsibility.
Eventually Thatcher was removed from power by her own colleagues who felt
she was going over the top. We then had some of the kind of weak
governments that the British quite like because they don't do much harm,
but after a while we replaced them with a government that many think is
again treading the path of too much dominance by one individual, as well as
some quite remarkably (by UK standards) illiberal internal affairs policies,
which they are getting away with because they have an exceptionally large
parliamentary majority. Most people probably think that if and when this lot
look like going too far we will replace them in their turn. Is this
confidence misplaced? Is there a risk that the people could permanently lose
control of the politicians in the UK (or France or Germany or . . . ) in the
way that seems to have happened in Argentina? If not, what is the safety
factor that prevents this? If we can identify the underlying difference
maybe that goes some way to understanding what needs to change in Argentina?

Best wishes to all, with prayers and hopes for a better future for the
people of Argentina.

Horace Mitchell


 Yahoo! Groups Sponsor -~--
Need new boots for winter? Looking for a perfect gift for your shoe loving
friends?
Zappos.com is the perfect fit for all your shoe needs!
http://us.click.yahoo.com/ltdUpD/QrSDAA/ySSFAA/r_KplB/TM
-~-

To unsubscribe from this group, send an email to:
[EMAIL PROTECTED]



Your use of Yahoo! Groups is subject to http

FW: LA Times: Argentine Crisis May Prompt the IMF to Change Ways

2001-12-31 Thread Michael Gurstein


George (below) and Keith make it all sound so easy and antiseptic, but of
course, there
are people and history involved.  Argentina is only some 15 years from the
Generals, and the Mothers of the Disappeared are still haunting the Plaza
de Mayo--the social chaos and sorting out will almost certainly be done
within a context where those forces are allowed some sort of re-emergence.

What was striking to me as I visited for a short time, was how developed
everything looked--rather more like the South of Spain than any part of the
Developing World that I've visited in the last few years and so all this is
happening in a country where the resemblance to Canada is more than passing.
One is immediately called to the question, could it happen here, and if not,
why not?

What is also so striking is the absence of useful alternatives--something
which is particularly destabilizing since the status quo is not an option.
The free market Neo-Liberal folks have done their stuff for the last ten
years and what we see is the result.

Of course, the problem was the political culture of corruption and so on,
but surely the folks in the IMF have some cultural anthropologists/political
analysts (even people who read Time Magazine regularly) on staff.  That
hasn't changed--as I recall in fact, one of the arguments for marketizing
everything is so as to eliminate corruption by moving all transactions into
the open market.

But what is of equal interest is the apparent lack of any useful ideas from
the critics of Neo-Liberalism--okay guys and gals
post-Seattle/post-Genoa/post-Quebec City--we have a real life system
break-down precisely as is implicit in some of the more intelligent anti-WTO
critiques.

So now what? Does Argentina go it alone, cutting its ties with the
international money lenders, developing a monetary script that only has
value internally?  Hmmm, that might have worked in the early 19th century
but apart from selling steaks and home grown vegetables, my guess is that
not much economic activity will survive for very long in the absence of
spare parts, product replacements, international telephone connections (or
would those be kept in dollars as per most of Africa) and the normal ebb and
flow of international inter-penetrations.

Supply chains for most advanced products are now mostly internationalized
(which means in practice the design/development/financial control rests with
the hub and the sourcing assembly is  globally distributed on a least cost
supplier basis).  Not many Toshiba's, GM's, or Nokia's based in Argentina at
last reckoning.

Does Argentina re-nationalize--hmmm, what does it renationalize?  Probably a
good idea to start with the roads, but without foreign capital and with only
one road system that might break down really quick and any benefits that
might accrue from making the roads re-accessible to the population would be
too long term to matter much before things degenerate into barbarism.  But
then what? There are those pesky supply chains again.

Quite honestly, I don't have any answers, and so I'm personally fascinated
to watch this play out and hoping that my friends and the people in
Argentina don't have to live through an immense suffering to help the rest
of us figure out where it is possible to go from here.

Mike Gurstein

-Original Message-
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED] [mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]
Sent: December 30, 2001 7:40 PM
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Subject: Re: LA Times: Argentine Crisis May Prompt the IMF to Change
Ways


Argentina problems. Mr Gurst's posting of an article and comment

Without the dollar/peso link that makes debts denominated in dollars, the
usual course would be to arrange a restructuring of debts - some portion
forgiveness, some redefined as to amount or term, and some extended in time.
But not only the link to which Mr Gurst refers but also the general concept
of sovereign immunity - that the IMF cannot do more than privately suggest
what may be the right course to follow in budget and economic policy - is
standing in the way - - - of what? If the IMF says 'NO' the country goes
down
the tubes with, perhaps, political upheaval; if the IMF says publicly 'You
should not do THAT', then there maybe political upheaval, particularly if
there is an election on the immediate horizon and the internal cognoscenti
and outside world will take their money and run, leading, again, to
upheaval.
These options, however well disguised, seem to me to be the ones available
so
long as the IMF is constituted as currently.
Owned by all countries and using a collegial vote with few abstentions, all
countries have an interest in NOT rocking the boat - the vote, here -
because
they may become needful in the future.  The institution does NOT work like a
normal lender, everybody, in due course, will get some jam if they need it.
But the proper approach is, in my mind, 'jam yesterday; jam tomorrow, but no
jam today' (see! We all can learn from the classics!).

On 

Travels with Neo-liberalism (was Argentina down and out)

2001-12-22 Thread Michael Gurstein

Coincidentally, I'm just back from ten days in Argentina--I/we attended an
international conference in Buenos Aires and took a few vacation days
visiting BA and the North of Argentina.

A few very casual observations...

The local economy is/was seriously out of whack... prices in Pesos which are
freely converted into dollars (on occasion one would receive dollars as
change from payments in pesos with a 1=1 conversion, are on whole at least
as expensive as New York City except for beef and things which might be
discountable in a recessionary economy.  However, the quality of what one
receives in return for these payments is nowhere near the quality one
receives in NYC as for example hotels, meals, and anything else that the
tourist encounters.

Argentina following some economic snake oil salesman or other has
concessioned out its highways to the private sector.  The highways in fact
are superb especially since, the pricing on them is probably such as to
almost eliminate inter-city traffic!  We had the highways, except for a few
miles on either side of BA, almost to ourselves!  In other places such as
Europe, where there are a lot of toll roads, it is still possible to move
inter-city on non-toll roads.  In very large parts of Argentina which is a
very large country (rather like Canada in many physical respects), there are
almost no alternative roads.

One suspects that the IMF or whoever guided Argentina in its road
privatization failed to look at the social and the subsequent socio-economic
consequences of effectively eliminating most non-premium status inter-city
movement whether by truck or private automobile!

Some serious institutional erosion...

Part of the privatization appears to be a privatization of the police.  On a
trip to the North of Argentina we passed through what must have been at
least 7 and possibly 9 police (or army) checkpoints.  Even immediately post
9.11 NYC never had more than 3 when getting into our out of the City.  Each
of these checkpoints involved slowing and sometimes stopping.  For the first
time visitor this meant stopping and conversing with the gendarme in broken
Spanish.

The first time I did this it was just after dark and we were heading to a
motel for the evening.  I stopped at the barrier and was about to ask for
directions, having identified myself as a tourist, when I was summoned to
the guard post itself evidently because I didn't have my seat belt properly
fastened (along with 85% of other Argentine drivers from my experience).
Having established that I was a tourist, the Captain was called over who
with a very grave face indicated what a serious offense this was and pulled
out a calculator and punched the numbers 250 which he made sure I understood
was in dollars.

We stared at each other for a time and I evidently grimaced and failed to
reach for my wallet.  I began to indicate that I felt that this was rather
excessive for a first time offense and we continued to stare at each other
for several minutes.  Recognizing that I was clearly not about to finance
the next trip to the capital for he and his family, he shrugged and called
in the Sergeant.  He repeated the ritual with the calculator only this time
he punched in 100, again indicating that this was in dollars but that he
would take pesos (or presumably pounds, euros or travellers cheques--there
was no Visa sign on the door).  Again he stared and I stared and again after
several minutes he shrugged, left the room and I was now rejoined by the
original constable who had captured me from the front seat of my car.

I offered him a crisp $20 US bill, we shook hands, he gave me my documents
and I was on my way.  From then on, approaching a check point, I never
lowered the window and simply nodded to the gendarme and was allowed to pass
without incident.

Grab it while you can...

At another stop, my wife and I went into a dusty little town for gas and
beside it in a tiny two table cafe we ordered a coffee.  The proprietor was
an elderly man, clearly a retiree/pensioner of some sort--perhaps a civil se
rvant or teacher--by his clothes and demeanour.  The coffee was brought
along with several day old pastries which we were encouraged to sample.
When the time came to leave, the propietor after consulting with his wife
proudly presented us with a bill for $10.  When I politely pointed out to
him the ridiculousness of this, he lowered the bill to $7 and was adamant.

Adventure tours for the rich...

Argentina has just finished spending what must be in the range of a $billion
on a National Park around the quite remote Iquazu Falls.  These falls are
near to the point where Argentina, Paraguay and Brazil meet and are roughly
1000 miles from Buenos Aires, slightly less from Sao Paolo and several
hundred miles from Ascuncion, the capital of Paraguay. The Park facilites
which have just opened are superb--equivalent to or better than anything I
have seen in any North American national park--including perhaps 15 miles of
a 

(Revised) RE: Travels with Neo-liberalism (was Argentina down and out)

2001-12-22 Thread Michael Gurstein

(This went out unedited and with a factual mistake... apologies...

Coincidentally, I'm just back from ten days in Argentina--I/we attended an
international conference in Buenos Aires and took a few vacation days
visiting BA and the North of Argentina.

A few very casual observations...

The local economy is/was seriously out of whack... prices in Pesos which are
freely converted into dollars (on occasion one would receive dollars as
change from payments in pesos with a 1=1 conversion), are on the whole at
least
as expensive as New York City except for beef and things which might be
discountable in a recessionary economy.  However, the quality of what one
receives in return for these payments is nowhere near the quality one
receives in NYC as for example for hotels, meals, and anything else that the
tourist encounters.

Argentina following some economic snake oil salesman or other has
concessioned out its highways to the private sector.  The highways in fact,
are superb especially since the tolls they seem to be sufficiently expensive
as to
almost eliminate inter-city traffic!  We had the highways, except for a few
miles on either side of BA, almost to ourselves!  In other places, such as
Europe, where there are a lot of toll roads, it is still possible to move
inter-city on non-toll roads.  In very large parts of Argentina which is a
very large country (rather like Canada in many physical respects), there are
almost no alternative roads--one pays the tolls or one doesn't travel.

One suspects that the IMF or whoever guided Argentina in its road
privatization failed to look at the social and the subsequent socio-economic
consequences of effectively eliminating most non-premium status inter-city
movement whether by truck or private automobile!

Some serious institutional erosion...

Part of the privatization appears to be a privatization of the police.  On a
trip to the North of Argentina we passed through what must have been at
least 7 and possibly 9 police (or army) checkpoints.  Even immediately post
9.11, NYC never had more than 3 when getting into our out of the City.  Each
of these checkpoints involved slowing and sometimes stopping.  For the first
time visitor this meant stopping and conversing with the gendarme in broken
Spanish.

The first time I did this it was just after dark and we were heading to a
motel for the evening.  I stopped at the barrier and was about to ask for
directions, having identified myself as a tourist, when I was summoned to
the guard post itself, evidently because I didn't have my seat belt properly
fastened (along with 85% of other Argentine drivers from my experience).
Having established that I was a tourist, the Captain was called over who
with a very grave face indicated what a serious offense this was, pulled
out a calculator and punched in the numbers 250 which he made sure I
understood
was in dollars.

We stared at each other for a time and I evidently grimaced and failed to
reach for my wallet.  I began to indicate that I felt that this was rather
excessive for a first time offense and we continued to stare at each other
for several minutes.  Recognizing that I was clearly not about to finance
the next trip to the capital for he and his family, he shrugged and called
in the Sergeant.  The Sergeant repeated the ritual with the calculator only
this time
he punched in 100, again indicating that this was in dollars but that he
would take pesos (or presumably pounds, euros or travellers cheques--there
was no Visa sign on the door).  Again he stared and I stared and again after
several minutes he shrugged, left the room and I was now rejoined by the
original constable who had captured me from the front seat of my car.

I offered him a crisp $20 US bill, we shook hands, he gave me my documents
and I was on my way.  From then on, approaching a check point, I never
lowered the window and simply nodded to the gendarme and was allowed to pass
without incident.

Grab it while you can...

At another stop, my wife and I went into a dusty little town for gas and
beside it in a tiny two table cafe we ordered a coffee.  The proprietor was
an elderly man, clearly a retiree/pensioner of some sort--perhaps a civil
servant or teacher--by his clothes and demeanour.  The coffee was brought
along with several day old pastries which we were encouraged to sample.
When the time came to leave, the propietor after consulting with his wife
proudly presented us with a bill for $10.  When I politely pointed out to
him the ridiculousness of this, he lowered the bill to $7 and was adamant.

Adventure tours for the rich...

Argentina has just finished spending what must be in the range of a $Billion
on a National Park around the quite remote Iquazu Falls.  These falls are
near to the point where Argentina, Paraguay and Brazil meet and are roughly
1000 miles from Buenos Aires, slightly less from Sao Paolo and several
hundred miles from Ascuncion, the capital of Paraguay. The Park facilites
which have 

Fw: Crisis Challenges Conservatism

2001-10-21 Thread Michael Gurstein



If a neo-conservative is a liberal who has been 
mugged, then a Keynesian is a conservative who has gone to war!

MG

- Original Message - 
From: [EMAIL PROTECTED] 

To: [EMAIL PROTECTED] ; [EMAIL PROTECTED] ; [EMAIL PROTECTED] 

Sent: Wednesday, September 26, 2001 3:26 PM
Subject: Crisis Challenges Conservatism

Crisis Challenges Conservatism By James Hall [EMAIL PROTECTED] (Orlando, 
  Florida) The terrorist danger to our nation quickly changed conventional 
  perceptions, turning our comfortable lives and opinions upside down. 
  Therefore it's not unlikely that after the attacks on the United States' 
  chief symbols of economic and military power that values would be questioned 
  and reexamined. What is ironic is that the present crisis calls into 
  question many of the conservative values touted since the Reagan 
  Revolution--and by a conservative Bush administration. In the midst of 
  a new war on terror, a conservative Bush administration and conservative 
  Republicans in the House and Senate have performed about-faces on many 
  conservative issues, their actions fostering a new respect for the ability of 
  government to create the secure environment freedom needs to succeed and their 
  words honoring the virtues of public service in a way that's rare for 
  conservatives. Though there are concerns, particularly with civil 
  rights, liberals can take heart that in a time of crisis, conservatives and 
  liberals alike are fighting for more government oversight of the nation's 
  economy and security, not less. Government and Privatization 
  After the terrorist attacks, the nation sees a greater role for 
  government in general, and the federal government in particular to play in 
  securing our public life. To combat the threat of future attacks, 
  we'll need more government involvement, not less--more government to increase 
  security on our borders, more government to shadow and identify terrorists 
  abroad and at home, more government to track terrorist finances, more 
  government to guard public health against chemical and biological attacks, and 
  more government to increase security around the vulnerable targets of our 
  society--aircraft, water reservoirs, refineries, pipelines, nuclear power 
  plants, transportation hubs, public buildings, stadiums, major economic and 
  military targets. The Bush administration, despite its conservative 
  roots, has quickly moved to supply that government oversight. It created 
  the cabinet-level Office of Homeland Security, activated reserves to defend 
  the borders and the air overhead in Operation Noble Eagle, sent bills to 
  Congress to restrict civil rights, particularly those of legal aliens, and 
  created an executive order that forces foreign banks doing business in the US 
  to open their files to scrutiny, turn over intelligence on members' accounts, 
  and freeze terrorist assets. September 11 has shown the privatization 
  of airport security to be a disaster. Somehow minimum wage workers from 
  private security companies operating equipment they barely understood didn't 
  work out as well as airport security in the rest of the world, where foreign 
  government agencies provide trained airport and airline security. For 
  years US airlines fought security enhancements like air marshals, better 
  detection machines, and solid cockpit doors because they were more expensive 
  than meeting minimal requirements. Now these airlines face bankruptcy 
  because the traveling public has no confidence in their cheap security. 
  Government's Role in the Economy September 11 also marked a 
  change in the free market economic thinking that marked the Clinton Years, 
  giving way to a liberal, Keynesian approach, with the Bush administration 
  supporting and propping up the key elements of the economy. Government 
  has taken up the role of economic cheerleader with President Bush and his 
  cabinet urging Americans to return to work and to support US companies by 
  buying their stock and urging Americans to travel by air. There's now an 
  unusual blend of patriotism and traditional market self-interest with 
  President Bush urging stockholders not to abandon American companies. 
  This "Buy American" confluence of patriotism and free market economics 
  would have been ridiculed by most free market ideologues before September 11. 
  Not now. The Keynesian approach offers support for the airline 
  industry, the insurance industry, the financial industry. A $15 billion 
  revenue bill to bail out the airlines have already been passed, despite the 
  airlines' own mistakes in fighting rational security measures. The 
  insurance and financial industries, also hit hard by terrorism, are meeting 
  with the president and asking for additional assistance. Likely they 
  will get something, too. In addition, a $40 billion bill to rebuild New 
  York's World Trade Center and the Pentagon and pay for Noble Eagle was 

Re: FWk: Internet videophone

2001-10-04 Thread Michael Gurstein

The issues in video-conferencing, linking to virtual organizations are not I
think, about one to one communications... The work from the '60's and '70's,
pretty much established that video didn't add very much to the
communications capabilities or the ordinary telephone (and now ordinary
telephone supplemented by email, chat and so on).  Rather, the advance if
it is to be made would be in the area of multi-party communications and
particularly multi-party multi-point communications.

This has been either enormously expensive or very aesthetically
unappealing (CU-See-Me/Net Meeting).  These types of meetings which are the
base for much of the on-going collaborative, negotiative (?),
inter-organizational communicative work of companies and other enterprises
are where a lot of the costs are and where much of the resistance has been.

The NYT has an article this morning (written by Hal Varian one of the
leading economists tracking technology) talking about whether
video-conferencing might or might not have reached critical mass/tipping
point/sufficient network externalities to in fact become normal behaviour
rather than experimental.

What normalization would mean is that rather than organizations turning to
their travel agents to organize meetings, they would turn to their telecoms
folks.

The stocks of firms providing video-conferencing technologies are currently
up 30% on the NYSE.

We shall see,

Mike Gurstein

- Original Message -
From: Keith Hudson [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: pete [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Thursday, October 04, 2001 3:53 AM
Subject: Re: FWk: Internet videophone


 Hi Pete,

 Firstly, my apologies for not replying to your message concerning
technical
 matters of HDTV, screen resolutions and so on. I was busy at the time, and
 most of these were above my head anyway.

 Videoconferencing:

 You say that Michael didn't answer my original question as to why people
 think that videoconferencing is tedious. I rather think that he circled
 around an answer when he wrote:

 (MG)
 
 The latest buzz is about the use of Broadband with multiple cameras and
thus
 multiple perspectives being available (but of course, then you need a
video
 producer to manage your meetings!) or the re-creation in (virtual) three
 dimensions of the folks sitting around the table as holograms/avatars able
 to interact with each other in real-time--holodecks anyone--this is
 available now in experimental form BTW...
 

 This tends to support my original suggestion that videoconferencing -- so
 far -- can't replicate the real situation where people are sitting near
one
 another and can observe others' behaviour pretty accurately and also --
 very importantly I think -- direct their gaze in a natural way when
 speaking preferentially to one or other of the group.

 We, and our immediate primate forebears, have been living in small groups
 for, what?, two million years or so, and we must have evolved all sorts of
 subtle instinctive behaviours to maximise communication. And, in fact, to
 observe that a communication to another has been successfully received and
 understood. I think this could have become instinctive even before the
 evolution of speech.

 Last night on BBC Newsnight I was observing a blind government minister,
 Blunket, talking to others. For most of the time while he was speaking he
 looked straight ahead of him but at the tale-end of a statement he always
 flicked his gaze to look directly at the person to whom his remarks were
 directed. This looked very much like instinctive behaviour to me.

 I remember reading about a fascinating research project some years ago
 whereby deaf people were asked to rate the sincerity of statements made by
 a politician (Reagan, if I remember exactly) on the TV screen. This was
 highly subjective, of course, but apparently the instances they cited
 coincided with those made by a control group with normal hearing -- and
 with a few more besides!

 The whole matter of 'micro facial movements' (to use Ray Harrell's recent
 phrase) and other subtle non-verbal behaviour is interesting and,
probably,
 extremely important in a group situation. For example, we are all probably
 aware that when a (male) speaker's hand rises quickly to his head (usually
 to be quickly deflected to scratching his nose or neck) then it's a sign
of
 insincerity or dishonesty -- a sign of disguised antipathy to what he's
 heard or actual lying if he himself is speaking. We register all these
 things instinctively, I think, when talking to others.

 To revert briefly to mobile videophones, I think that the defects of
 videoconferencing will not be so evident in such 1:1 situations. There'll
 be a certain amount of artificiality but not so great as to prevent it
 being popular, particularly among teenagers -- as text and voicemail is
 now. I have to report, however, that the DoCoMo mobilephone, which was
 launched at the beginning of this week, is not due to have 

Re: Distance-working/Low-rise buildings

2001-10-02 Thread Michael Gurstein

Keith:

- Original Message -
From: Keith Hudson [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: Michael Gurstein [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Monday, October 01, 2001 10:58 AM
Subject: Re: Distance-working/Low-rise buildings


I've been wrong before--anyone remember video-phones?

 These were really jerky and crummy and it wasn't surprising that they
 didn't take off.

They were jerky and crummy but the same arguments about saving travel money
were trotted out... but they never took off... The reason wasn't I think,
the technical ones--but rather the social benefits/perks that come from
travel.

Telework or telecommuting is something different... It hasn't taken off
partly for the reasons that Brad mentions--the boss wanting to see bums in
seats, but mostly because telework requires a rather significant
re-organization in how work is structured so as to allow for the absence of
f2f access for information sharing, performance review/monitoring, document
distribution and so on.  Telecommuting should probably be seen as a form of
outsourcing, but intra-company with all the needs for re-adjustment of
processes and expectations that go with that and with the high likelihood of
failure that went with a lot of corporate outsourcing.

 This is interesting! What is the set-up. Is this is where someone is
 speaking 1:1, or 1:group, or 1 of any in group:1 of any in group?  (This
 shows my ignorance of videoconferencing.) If you have time I'd like to
know
 exactly what is tedious about it -- if it's possible to describe. Are
there
 too many time lapses? Is it lack of decent camera angles? Is it the
 artificiality of the situation?

 I'd be fascinated to know, if you can put your finger on it.

 My guess (and this is a pure guess) is that might be to do with direction
 of gaze (the lack of, at present) -- that is, the subtleties of it that go
 on naturally when one is talking in a real group situation. Perhaps, at
the
 end of the day, really satisfying videoconferencing can only take place
 when each person can actually see the rest of the group before him on the
 screen as though in a real room and can direct his gaze accordingly when
 speaking. This, of course, would need massive software/processing power
and
 thus could be many years off.

 But today we have the launch in Tokyo of the world's first 3G mobilephone
 -- from NTT DoCoMo -- to be called 'Foma'. Videophoning is one of its uses
 and it'll be interesting to see whether this might be the 'killer ap' that
 telecomm firms that have invested so much in 3G licences are so desperate
 for. However, most European 3G firms, including Vodaphone, think that the
 technology is not good enough yet, so Foma might not take off.  We'll have
 to see.

As for why my students found video-conferencing boring--I suspect that it
has to do with the lack of what Ray calls the multi-chromatic elements of
communication--the subtleties of facial expression, eye and body movements,
the play of light in a room and the interplay between the characters sitting
around the table.

What is being video-conferenced it seems are talking heads and that with
relatively limited production values, a degree of technical jitter and the
normal droning on of corporate communications (a couple of these are
insurance companies!).  What is interesting though is that it has now become
routine in these companies, to the point where it is boring (but then so
are most f2f meetings).

The latest buzz is about the use of Broadband with multiple cameras and thus
multiple perspectives being available (but of course, then you need a video
producer to manage your meetings!) or the re-creation in (virtual) three
dimensions of the folks sitting around the table as holograms/avatars able
to interact with each other in real-time--holodecks anyone--this is
available now in experimental form BTW...

Mike Gurstein

 Keith





Re: A hypothetical exam essay question

2001-09-30 Thread Michael Gurstein



I very much agree with Arthur that a major shift is 
going on. What is interesting though is that it isn't clear what shape 
that shift is/will take...

The shoot first, ask questions later reaction which 
seemed to be the first one out of DC seems to have settled into something rather 
more restrained and deliberate and perhaps most important, reflecting some 
understanding that there is a world "out there"...

The fact that the US now recognizes a broad based 
and non-specific vulnerability to that world is another part of the 
puzzle.

That this is taking place in the midst of a global 
economic downturn is a further element and the evident need for 
"State/Keynesian" intervention is causing perturbations in the US economic 
ideological clerisy.

That the attack is coming from the religious right 
with the need to distinguish between the "fascist" Islamists and the moderate 
(could we even say "liberal") Muslims is causing further 
perturbations.

Where this is taking the US (and thus much of the 
rest of the World) isn't yet clear, but there seems to be something (still small 
but not insignificant) of a ground swell for "bombing them with 
butter"...

MG





  - Original Message - 
  From: 
  [EMAIL PROTECTED] 
  To: [EMAIL PROTECTED] ; [EMAIL PROTECTED] ; [EMAIL PROTECTED] 
  
  Sent: Saturday, September 29, 2001 8:47 
  PM
  Subject: RE: A hypothetical exam essay 
  question
  
  IMHO, Sept. 11 marks the beginning of the 21st 
  century. Like the Titanic or WW1 marked the real beginning of the 20th 
  century. Just as with a kaleidoscope the landscape has shifted. 
  Will it shift back. Unlikley. It will shift. but not back. 
  "Can't step in the same stream twice and all that" Or maybe, can't 
  step in the same paradigm twice.
  
  arthur
  
  
  
-Original Message-From: Ed Weick 
[mailto:[EMAIL PROTECTED]]Sent: Saturday, September 29, 2001 6:44 
AMTo: Ed Weick; G. Stewart; 
[EMAIL PROTECTED]Subject: Re: A hypothetical exam 
essay question

Apologies to the list. It's not really 
silly. It just seemed that way when I was in a cantankerous mood last 
night. Its an interesting discussion. 

When people say that "the world changed on 
Sept. 11", what they are really saying is that the social and emotional (for 
want of better terms) parameters which govern rational choices such as 
responding to cheaper tickets have shifted. Uncertainty has moved 
in. Choice has become less rational. What is interesting, 
certainly from an airline perspective, is how long the shift might hold and 
what the airlines and the government can do to minimize its impact. 
Will the President flying on Air Force One and Bill Clinton taking several 
trips across the country bring passengers back? Personally, I rather 
doubt it.

Ed Weick



  - Original Message - 
  From: 
  Ed Weick 
  
  To: G. 
  Stewart ; [EMAIL PROTECTED] 
  
  Sent: Friday, September 28, 2001 
  10:38 PM
  Subject: Re: A hypothetical exam 
  essay question
  
  I repeat, this is all a bit silly. As 
  Arthur and I both pointed out, the demand for air transport has been 
  rendered totally inelastic by the events of September 11th. No 
  matter how cheap the fares, people are now reluctant to fly. It's 
  about making a dramatic, emotional gesture.Nothing is as 
  reassuring to perceptions of American economic might as seeing those big 
  silver birds up there, whether there are people in them or 
  not.
  
  If there is an economic component to it, 
  it's probably more about the thousands of people who will lose, or have 
  lost, their jobs because people won't fly. Save the airlines and 
  save a pretty hefty chunk of the economy.
  
  Ed Weick
  
  
- Original Message - 
From: 
G. Stewart 
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED] 

Sent: Friday, September 28, 2001 
8:15 PM
Subject: Re: A hypothetical exam 
essay question

A further contribution, from a 
friend:

"All of your questions (except 
the last one) imply a transfer of resources towards flying. Why 
subsidize flyers? If we're going to tax and transfer there are a 
lot of competing candidates!(as your last question implies - 
counter-terrorism is one possible direction.)Of course, it might 
be argued that flying is somehow essential and therefore 'something' 
must be done to preserve the industry but Landsberg would argue that 
nothing isthe answer. If it is argued that Landsberg is 
wrong, that private resources just cannot reallocate themselves fast 
enough to keep planes in the air and that it is somehow critical 
that planes be kept in the air then I would prefer 

Fw: [toeslist] Higher Wages and More Time Off Will Become Possibilities Only If We Demand Them

2001-09-03 Thread Michael Gurstein


- Original Message -
From: Michael Givel [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Monday, September 03, 2001 12:43 AM
Subject: [toeslist] Higher Wages and More Time Off Will Become Possibilities
Only If We Demand Them


 Published on Saturday, September 1, 2001

 Higher Wages and More Time Off Will Become Possibilities Only If
 We Demand Them
 by Rick Mercier

 IN THE 1880s, when a 40-hour work week seemed as likely as space
 travel, a French social commentator named Paul Lafargue described
 a strange delusion that possessed the working classes.

 This delusion, Lafargue wrote in an incendiary essay called
 The Right to Be Lazy, is the love of work, the furious passion
 for work, pushed even to the exhaustion of the vital force of the
 individual.

 The Frenchman's contemporaries were probably less enamored of
 work than he believed. After all, it was during Lafargue's time
 that workers in the West started building a movement that would
 eventually lead to a dramatic reduction of work time as well as
 an odd new concept known as the weekend.

 For about the first two-thirds of the 20th century, declining
 work time was the trend in the United States. But then something
 happened and, in the last three decades of the century, work time
 started increasing-especially for the typical family.

 Today, the average two-income family with children works the
 equivalent of 83 weeks a year, an increase of 15 weeks since
 1969. The jump in family work time over this period, as the
 Economic Policy Institute noted in its State of Working America
 2000-01, is the same as adding a quarter-time worker to the
 typical household.

 Families' overall work burden grew most significantly in the
 1980s, when real hourly wages for men and for some groups of
 women fell sharply. Consequently, increases in annual income for
 most families during this decade (as well as the first half of
 the 1990s) were the result of more work rather than higher hourly
 wages, according to EPI.

 All the work hours we're piling up have earned us a dubious
 honor. The International Labor Organization has found that U.S.
 workers now put in more hours on the job than their counterparts
 in any other industrialized nation. In fact, Americans on average
 now spend nearly 80 more hours per year at work than the
 Japanese, who for years have been portrayed in our media as
 fanatical worker bees. The ILO, in a 1999 report, concluded that
 the U.S. pattern of increasing annual hours worked per person
 runs contrary to a world-wide trend in industrialized countries
 that has seen hours at work remaining steady or declining in
 recent years.

 According to ILO data, the Japanese saw a 10 percent decline in
 annual work hours between 1980 and 1997, while the French, who
 now work the equivalent of nearly eight fewer weeks per year than
 Americans, experienced a 9 percent decrease in annual work time
 during the same period.

 American workers, meanwhile, were increasingly victimized by the
 time bandit, logging 4 percent more total annual work hours in
 1996 than they did in 1980, the ILO found.

 Some Americans are feeling the time crunch more than others.
 African-American families, for example, work more hours than
 families in other racial or ethnic groups, according to EPI.

 An average middle-income African-American family with children
 needs 489 more annual work hours (or over 12 more weeks) than the
 average white family to maintain middle- income status.

 Hispanic families also are working harder to keep up with the
 (non-Hispanic white) Joneses, toiling 228 hours more per year
 than whites to enjoy the middle-class life.

 All this work is getting to many Americans, research shows. The
 Families and Work Institute found in a study earlier this year
 that nearly three in 10 Americans reported feeling over-worked
 often or very often. The study also revealed that one-quarter of
 employees do not use up all of their vacation time because of the
 demands of their jobs-a stunning finding considering that
 Americans have the least annual vacation entitlement in the
 industrialized world.

 It's hard to discern any good reason for all the work we're
 doing. U.S. Workers toil longer than their overseas counterparts
 despite being the most productive workers in the world, according
 to the ILO. In terms of value added per hour worked, U.S. Workers
 beat Japanese workers-our closest competitors in the productivity
 race-by nearly $9. And, on average, a U.S. worker creates $10,000
 more in added value annually than a Japanese worker.

 As the productivity comparisons show, we're not working more
 because we're a bunch of slugs incapable of competing in the
 global marketplace.

 So what gives? Our predecessors, who consistently fought for
 better wages and less work, would be appalled to see how our
 productivity has soared in recent years, but our wages haven't
 kept pace and our time at work has increased.

 Maybe we should learn from 

Fw: U$ working week too long !! (fwd)

2001-09-03 Thread Michael Gurstein


- Original Message -
From: MichaelP [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Monday, September 03, 2001 1:23 AM
Subject: U$ working week too long !! (fwd)








 The Guardian (London) Monday September 3, 2001
 Michael Ellison in New York

 US workers suffer labour pains

 The United States is closed today for all but the most important business
 - such as shopping - while it marks the official end of summer with a day
 of rest for the men and women who work the longest hours in the
 industrialised world.

 Average Americans now spend so much time at work that they are putting in
 another week a year compared with 10 years ago, says a new study published
 to coincide with the Labour Day holiday weekend.

 In 1990 Mr and Ms America worked 1,942 hours a year each; now they toil
 for 1,978 hours, says the report by the International Labour Organisation.

 The increase in the number of hours worked within the US runs counter to
 the trend in other industrialised nations where we are seeing declining
 hours worked, said Lawrence Jeff Johnson, the economist who headed the
 team that drew up Key Indicators of the Labour Market 2001-2002.

 Each Australian, Canadian, Japanese and Mexican worker devotes about 100
 hours a year - or 2.5 weeks - fewer to their job, it says. Britons and
 Brazilians work 250 fewer hours (roughly six weeks) and Germans do 500
 fewer hours, or about 12 weeks.

 Of countries categorised as developing or in transition, only South
 Koreans (500 more hours) and Czechs (an extra 100 hours) put in more time
 than Americans.

 I think it's a lot to do with the American psyche, said Mr Johnson, who
 lives in Switzerland. Americans define themselves by their work. When you
 meet the average European it takes a while for them to tell you what they
 do for a living. They talk more about their families. Americans tell you
 immediately what they do.

 Part of the apparent appetite for toil is explained by the increasingly
 blurred line between work and free time.

 I played golf recently for the first time in a year, said Mr Johnson,
 who describes himself as a workaholic. My friend's phone rang three times
 with work calls. The line between time at work and time not at work is
 blurred. Years ago we used to clock on and clock off but we don't do that
 any more.

 But mobile phones and computers are not unique to the US. Nor is ambition,
 though it might find its strongest expression there.

 America has labour flexibility and Americans have a tendency to move
 quickly from job to job, said Mr Johnson. We want to progress, to move
 on to the next level. To do that they're putting in more hours.

 Americans typically get vacations of only two or three weeks a year,
 though there are 10 public holidays. Many fall on Mondays, allowing for
 long weekends.

 But long working weeks do not equate with wealth. A job should keep you
 out of poverty, not keep you in it, said Holly Sklar, author of Raise the
 Floor: Wages and Policies that Work for all of us. But as we celebrate
 Labour Day, hardworking Americans paid the minimum wage have to choose
 between eating or heating, healthcare or childcare.

 At $5.15 an hour [the minimum wage], they earn just $10,712
  a year. That's a third less than in 1968, when the minimum wage
 was about $8, adjusting for inflation.

 A couple with two kids would have to work a combined 3.3 full-time
 minimum-wage jobs to make ends meet.

 Mr Johnson suggested that the US could learn much from Ireland, where the
 productivity of people with jobs had increased even though each employee
 now spent 1,520 hours a year working, down from 1,728 hours in 1990.

 The education and training is something to look at. Labour Day is a time
 for reflection for Americans, to see we're doing some things very well but
 we can learn from others.

 We're all striving for balance, we want to do it at a cost that's not too
 great to society. Nobody on their deathbed has ever said 'I wish I'd spent
 one more hour on that job'.
 ==

 *** NOTICE: In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material
 is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest
 in receiving the included information for research and educational
 purposes. Feel free to distribute widely but PLEASE acknowledge the
 original source. ***









Fw: [toeslist] Call It Wealth Care, The Doctors Who Cater to Super-Rich

2001-09-01 Thread Michael Gurstein


- Original Message -
From: Michael Givel [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Saturday, September 01, 2001 12:31 PM
Subject: [toeslist] Call It Wealth Care, The Doctors Who Cater to Super-Rich


 Published on Friday, August 31, 2001 in the Minneapolis Star
 Tribune
 Call It Wealth Care, The Doctors Who Cater to Super-Rich
 by Mark DePaolis

 It always gives me a warm, tingly feeling when I hear about
 doctors stepping in to help people in need.

 With most people worried about the poor and uninsured portion of
 the population, it would be easy to overlook another needy group:
 the rich. Most of these people have plenty of insurance and good
 access to health care, but not good enough.

 These are people who can afford the best of everything. Yet when
 they get sick they have to sit in doctor's offices and waiting
 rooms as if they weren't any better than anyone else, even though
 they could easily buy the entire building if they wanted to.

 Luckily, several groups of doctors have sprung into action and
 started a new system of health care to address this growing need.

 It's the Wealth Care system, and it works like this: Patients
 sign up for the practice and pay a yearly fee, as much as
 $20,000. In return, they then have a doctor at their beck and
 call. They can pick up the phone, any hour of the day or night,
 and get a doctor to help them with their problems. Most of the
 time, they don't even have to leave home -- the doctor comes to
 them.

 They can access this service as often as they want during the
 year. As you can imagine, it is a tremendous relief for
 millionaires to know that a physician will rush over with a
 medical bag whenever they get a sniffle. With doctors standing by
 in case of a bad hangnail, they won't worry so much about missing
 their twice-weekly manicure when their seaweed-wrap deep tissue
 massage runs long.

 And although these clinics provide mostly primary care, if a
 patient needs to see a specialist the doctor will make the call
 and arrange the visit. One doctor even accompanies the patient to
 see the specialist. Who knows? For the right money, he might even
 put on the gown and step in for the patient during parts of the
 exam.

 There are a lot of people willing to pay for this kind of special
 service. Wealth Care clinics have sprung up in Seattle and
 Florida, where some politicians are trying to outlaw the
 practice. New offices are planned for Denver, Portland and
 Chicago, and eventually wherever millionaires get sick.

 The doctors say they are much happier. Many of them got tired of
 the aggravation that comes with modern medical practice. Over the
 last 10 years they have been seeing more patients and making less
 money. Now, instead of caring for a population of 3,000 or 4,000
 patients who need their help, they only need to see a handful of
 millionaires. They might only see one or two people a day,
 letting them spend more time -- maybe too much time -- with their
 patients.

 They also make a lot more money, sometimes so much that they
 could even afford to become their own patients.

 Some European countries have a two-tiered system of health care,
 with private insurance for the people with enough money, and
 socialized medicine to take care of everyone else. This is fine
 as far as it goes -- at least poor, sick people have somewhere to
 turn -- but this system does nothing to address the terrible
 burden of inconvenience that faces our wealthiest people every
 day.

 Here in this country, where 40 million people have no health care
 at all, it's good to know there are doctors working hard to make
 sure the people at the top get plenty of special attention, even
 if it means turning caring, competent physicians into fawning
 lapdogs for rich people.

 Imagine how proud I feel.

 Mark DePaolis is a writer and physician who practices in Brooklyn
 Center, Minnesota.

 © Copyright 2001 Star Tribune

 ###

  Yahoo! Groups Sponsor -~--
 FREE COLLEGE MONEY
 CLICK HERE to search
 600,000 scholarships!
 http://us.click.yahoo.com/47cccB/4m7CAA/ySSFAA/NJYolB/TM
 -~-

 To unsubscribe from this group, send an email to:
 [EMAIL PROTECTED]



 Your use of Yahoo! Groups is subject to http://docs.yahoo.com/info/terms/






Fw: [Parker-L] [PBD 8-22-01] A Funeral for Sysco

2001-08-22 Thread Michael Gurstein

Futurework past...

M
- Original Message - 
From: Parker Donham [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: List [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Wednesday, August 22, 2001 4:13 AM
Subject: [Parker-L] [PBD 8-22-01] A Funeral for Sysco


 23 August 2001
 Halifax Daily News
 Parker Barss Donham
 
 A faded billboard just inside the Sydney Steel Plant records the days
 since the last lost-time accident struck each of the defunct mill's
 departments. When counting stopped sometime last year, Shops and
 Services had the best record with 255 accident-free days.
 
 Just below the tally board, large letters spell out the words:
 Caring for yourself. Caring for your buddy. Caring for Sysco.
 
 The accident-free record at the steelmaking shop, where the
 multi-million-dollar electric arc furnace lies cold and still, is
 obscured by a plastic poster taped over top: TRANS-CANADA
 LIQUIDATIONS -- An Asset Management Group.
 
 All day Monday, redundant steelworkers shuffled past for one more day
 of caring about Sysco. They trudged along a slag-cobbled roadway
 toward a decrepit wood frame building lately converted to auction
 central. 
 
 In vacant lots to either side, wild yarrow flowers and purple asters
 fluttered in the breeze. Here and there, mountain ash saplings fought
 to reclaim ground nature had ceded a century ago to steelmaking.
 Clusters of ripening berries caused their young branches to droop.
 
 Former steelworkers were everywhere: in the crisp black uniforms of
 the private security firm hired to keep watch over the sale; among the
 clutch of protesters at the plant gate, passing out leaflets decrying
 John Hamm's forsaken promise of retraining for the plant's
 dispossessed; filing into the auction office to remit $5 for the
 two-volume catalogue of items for sale. Old friends greeted each other
 with that mixture of pleasure and sorrow that usually reserved for
 funeral reunions. 
 
 Toronto-based Trans-Canada Liquidations, a crisply professional crew
 in navy blue jerseys bearing an understated corporate logo, had
 divided the flotsam and jetsam into eight clusters, each with its own
 building or section of the yard.
 
 Office equipment -- a sorry collection ratty metal desks, dented file
 cabinets, and dated computers, each bearing a yellow TCL lot tag --
 filled the auction headquarters. One laid-off steelworker hoped to
 pick up a computer for his daughter, but the smart money said he'd do
 better in the I Bargain Hunter. N
 
 If anyone ever cared about Sysco, you wouldn't know it from the
 derelict vehicles scattered about the yard. Beside the Electrical Shop
 stood a quintet of 22-ton Euclid, Terex, and Scott dump trucks,
 encrusted in soot and rust. A would-be buyer tried to start them up,
 but the only one with a battery didn't even flicker when the key was
 turned.
 
 A 3/4-ton Chevy cube van minus its left-rear wheel tilted helplessly
 toward the missing running gear. Next in line, lot 3304, a blue,
 one-ton Chevy flatbed of undetermined vintage, lay beaten and bruised.
 A prankster had supplied the missing letter to its dented Nova Scotia
 licence plate: FUC 849. A back hoe in seemingly reasonable shape was
 rumoured to have a seized engine, but who knew for sure?
 
 Stepping into the Machine Shop, auction area three, was like entering
 an industrial museum. Lathes, huge and ancient, stood bolted to the
 concrete floor. The largest of these, lot 342, a
 direct-current-powered Stamets, capable of turning a cylinder of hard
 steel 15 feet long and 56 inches in diameter, would sell the next day
 for $550.
 
 Isn't this a sin, said Bob Bartlett of Leitches Creek, who spent 34
 years winding armatures in the Electrical Shop.
 
 With his friend Joe Elsworth, a veteran of the Devco Railway,
 Bartlett surveyed a massive, 70-inch boring mill manufactured by the
 King Machine Tool Company. The name was permanently cast into its
 elegant antique frame.
 
 That goes back to the days of Forman Waye, said Elsworth, invoking
 the name of a legendary union leader and working class politician from
 the 1930s and '40s.
 
 At back of the Machine Shop, spanners, box-end wrenches, and sockets
 -- most far too big to interest home hobbyists -- lay alongside grease
 guns, oil cans, pry bars, and drifts. At the Steel Fabrication Shop, a
 sea of arc welders filled half the floor. Fifty mammoth electric
 motors gathered dust in the Electrical Shop.
 
 Vices. Anvils. Boxes of half-moon keys that keep gears fixed to
 spinning shafts. Micrometers. Strain gauges. Jacks capable of lifting
 houses. Foul weather gear. 
 
 In the Warehouse, shelf upon shelf of equipment never deployed: coils
 of shiny new wire, cable, and chain; brooms; shovels; wheel barrows;
 step ladders; bolts; bearings; electric motor fields; pumps; seals;
 couplings.
 
 You know what this is worth! cried auctioneer Norman Jacobs as he
 came upon lot 328, a massive Wadkin wood planer. The machine's
 550-volt power requirement would render it useless to most buyers. 
 
 A 

Fw: [toeslist] Americans: Vacation Starved?

2001-08-09 Thread Michael Gurstein


- Original Message -
From: Michael Givel [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Thursday, August 09, 2001 9:53 PM
Subject: [toeslist] Americans: Vacation Starved?


 Thursday, August 9, 2001

 Americans: Vacation Starved?

 President Bush is on a month-long vacation, but many people in
 this country get scant time off. The following analysts are
 available for interviews about how Americans would benefit from
 more vacation time:

 DEBORAH FIGART, [EMAIL PROTECTED], http://www.swt.org
 Co-editor of the recent book Working Time, Figart is professor
 of economics at Richard Stockton College in New Jersey. She said
 today: It's great that the president of the United States can
 recoup his energy with
 long vacations. Now he should encourage policies so that other
 hard-working Americans can also have time for rest, family and
 other activities. An International Labor Organization study
 earlier this year found that the
 U.S. has overtaken Japan with the highest average annual hours
 worked -- just under 2,000 hours per year. The typical vacation
 in Europe is four to six weeks. In the United States, you're
 lucky if you get two weeks. France has a 35-hour work week by
 law, and limited overtime beyond that. Part of the problem is
 that U.S. managers are encouraged to overwork people because of
 the fixed costs associated with each employee: healthcare
 insurance, unemployment insurance, etc. Low-income people work
 overtime so they can pay their bills. Many people who work the
 most are among the one-third of Americans who are not covered by
 the Fair Labor Standards Act, so-called 'white collar' workers.
 Technology could be part of the solution, but it has often meant
 that people spend time at home writing work-related emails. While
 men generally are more overworked than women, that changes if you
 count unpaid work.

 JOE ROBINSON, [EMAIL PROTECTED]
 Director of the Work to Live campaign and author of a forthcoming
 book by the same name, Robinson said today: We're the most
 vacation-starved country in the industrialized world. By far.
 Small business employees, the
 majority of us, get an average of eight days off while Europeans
 and Australians receive four to six weeks paid leave. In total
 hours, we now work two months longer every year than Germans. Two
 weeks longer than the
 Japanese.

 GABE SINCLAIR, [EMAIL PROTECTED], http://www.fourhourday.org
 Author of the new utopian novel The Four Hour Day, Sinclair
 works as an expert machinist. He said today: Two percent of
 Americans now grow all of our food and then some. Another 30
 million or so do all the mining,
 manufacturing and construction. If this minority can produce our
 modern cornucopia, then the four-hour workday is within easy
 reach. Instead, we remain thoroughly addicted to consumerism, to
 violence, and to class
 hierarchy.

 DAVID STRAUSS, [EMAIL PROTECTED], http://www.afop.org
 Executive director of the Association of Farmworker Opportunity
 Programs, Strauss said today: Farm workers -- like a lot of
 other workers -- do not get the opportunity for paid vacation
 time. If the weather is bad, or they are between crops they have
 to work on, they do not get a dime. The typical farm worker has
 no vacation benefits, no health benefits, and works for at or
 near minimum wage.

 For more information, contact at the Institute for Public
 Accuracy:
 Sam Husseini, (202) 347-0020; David Zupan, (541) 484-9167

  Yahoo! Groups Sponsor -~--
 Small business owners...
 Tell us what you think!
 http://us.click.yahoo.com/vO1FAB/txzCAA/ySSFAA/NJYolB/TM
 -~-

 To unsubscribe from this group, send an email to:
 [EMAIL PROTECTED]



 Your use of Yahoo! Groups is subject to http://docs.yahoo.com/info/terms/






Fw: toc-- It's Payback Time, commentary from Yahoo

2001-08-05 Thread Michael Gurstein


- Original Message - 
From: Bill Caughey [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Friday, August 03, 2001 12:39 PM
Subject: toc-- It's Payback Time, commentary from Yahoo


 Worth reading if for no other reason that Rall
 was able to work in these lines: Only in America
 would executive arrogance push a $186,000-a-year
 employee into Bolshevism. God bless America!
 -bill-
 
 Thursday August 02 08:12 PM EDT
 
 http://dailynews.yahoo.com/h/uctr/20010802/cm/it_s_payback_time_1.html
 
 IT'S PAYBACK TIME
 
 By Ted Rall
 
 Recession, Bad Bosses and the Art of Sabotage
 
 DAYTON, Ohio -- The weak will never inherit the Earth, but they just 
 might blow it up on the way out.
 
 As hundreds of thousands of Americans find themselves downsized, 
 right-sized, laid off and plain old fired during this latest economic 
 meltdown, some of them are getting even.
 
 I have been loyal to the company in good times and bad times for 
 over 30 years, read an anonymous note to the president of a New 
 Jersey-based chemical company. I was expecting a member of top 
 management to come down from his ivory tower to face us with the 
 layoff announcement, rather than sending the kitchen supervisor with 
 guards to escort us off the premises like criminals. You will pay for 
 your senseless behavior.
 
 Pay they did: The downsized/right-sized/laid-off/fired ex-information 
 management systems manager deleted his former employer's inventory 
 and personnel files from the comfort of his newly unaffordable home, 
 causing estimated damages of up to $20 million. The sabotage was so 
 extensive that the company had to cancel its IPO.
 
 I don't recall at any time in history, and I've been in this for 30 
 years, where the degree of destruction was quite as high, employment 
 attorney Linn Hinds, whose corporate clients are closing factories 
 and sending their erstwhile workers to the fiscal hereafter, tells 
 The New York Times.
 
 Only in America would executive arrogance push a $186,000-a-year 
 employee into Bolshevism. God bless America!
 
 It's been too long coming, but American corporations are finally 
 beginning to get what they deserve for treating their workers like 
 equipment. Whether they're hacking into data files or stealing their 
 own impromptu severance packages -- according to the Association of 
 Certified Fraud Examiners, 6 percent of gross corporate revenues are 
 stolen by disgruntled workers -- ex-employees are striking back at 
 companies that force them to work unpaid overtime, without benefits, 
 in cramped cubicles, until their overcompensated bosses let them go 
 with little or no severance.
 
 Like the Diggers and Luddites before them, these heroic figures 
 understand that government is no longer in the business of protecting 
 workers from rapacious bosses. In a world where CEOs aren't stoned to 
 death for collecting raises at the same time they're letting the 
 people who do the real work go, justice is something you get for 
 yourself.
 
 Not everyone who gets laid off has a legitimate grudge. If a business 
 isn't doing well, if its executives set dignified examples by 
 slashing or eliminating their own pay, if they give workers several 
 months notice of problems so they can begin looking for new jobs, and 
 if they issue generous -- certainly not worth less than six months' 
 pay -- severance checks, the unlucky unemployed should say their 
 farewells, forget their passwords and move on quietly. You're not 
 getting even, after all, unless you've been done wrong.
 
 But companies that rely on such Gestapo tactics as security guards 
 and curt notices of dismissal, those who cut you a two-week check or 
 none at all, and particularly those whose senior executives continue 
 to collect seven-figure paychecks for their services as failed 
 managers, deserve anything they get. In that situation, not only is 
 there nothing unethical about deleting a few vital files or diverting 
 petty cash, it is an affront to decency for you not to do so.
 
 Corporate America has been violating labor laws and basic rules of 
 civility as long as it has because countless millions of 
 broken-hearted workers have let themselves get tossed out with the 
 morning's trash by incompetent thugs who lined their pockets with the 
 fruits of their suffering. The more that victims of corporate 
 greedheads hit them in their bottom lines, the more civilized the 
 next round of layoffs will be. It may be a free market out there, but 
 laissez-faire is a French phrase for anarchy.
 
 (Dismissed workers') main concern, asserts labor lawyer Jonathan 
 Alpert, is figuring out how to get their lives together, not 
 masterminding some sort of retaliation.
 
 Let's work on that.
 
 (Ted Rall, author of the new graphic novel 2024 and cartoon 
 collection Search and Destroy, is based in New York.)
 
 




Fw: [toeslist] how to put reductionist global warming in political-economic context

2001-07-26 Thread Michael Gurstein


- Original Message -
From: Trent Schroyer [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Thursday, July 26, 2001 4:13 AM
Subject: [toeslist] how to put reductionist global warming in
political-economic context


 from the June-August issue of Annals of the Association
 of American Geographers: The construction of global warming

 Climate warming, whatever one concludes about its effect on the
 earth, is insufficiently understood as a concept that has been
 constructed by scientists, politicians and others, argues David
 Demerrit, a lecturer in geography at King's College London, in
 an exchange with Stephen H. Schneider, a professor of biological
 sciences at Stanford University. Many observers consider the
 phenomenon's construction -- as a global-scale environmental
 problem caused by the universal physical properties of
 greenhouse gases -- to be reductionist, Mr. Demerrit writes.
 Yet this reductionist formulation serves a variety of political
 purposes, including obscuring the role of rich nations in
 producing the vast majority of the greenhouse gases. Mr.
 Demerrit says his objective is to unmask the ways that
 scientific judgments have both reinforced and been reinforced
 by certain political considerations about managing global
 warming. Scientific uncertainty, he suggests, is emphasized in a
 way that reinforces dependence on experts. He is skeptical of
 efforts to increase public technical knowledge of the
 phenomenon, and instead urges efforts to increase public
 understanding of and therefore trust in the social process
 through which the facts are scientifically determined. In
 response, Mr. Schneider agrees that the conclusion that science
 is at least partially socially constructed, even if still news
 to some scientists, is clearly established. He bluntly states,
 however, that if scholars in the social studies of science are
 to be heard by more scientists, they will have to be careful to
 back up all social theoretical assertions with large numbers of
 broadly representative empirical examples. Mr. Schneider also
 questions  Mr. Demerrit's claim that scientists are motivated by
 politics to conceive of climate warming as a global problem
 rather than one created primarily by rich nations: Most
 scientists are woefully unaware of the social context of the
 implications of their work and are too naive to be politically
 conspiratorial. He says: What needs to be done is to go beyond
 platitudes about values embedded in science and to show
 explicitly, via many detailed and representative empirical
 examples, precisely how those social factors affected the
 outcome, and how it might have been otherwise if the process
 were differently constructed. The exchange is available online
 to subscribers of the journal at
 http://www.blackwellpublishers.co.uk/journals/anna
 _


  Yahoo! Groups Sponsor -~--
 Small business owners...
 Tell us what you think!
 http://us.click.yahoo.com/vO1FAB/txzCAA/ySSFAA/NJYolB/TM
 -~-

 To unsubscribe from this group, send an email to:
 [EMAIL PROTECTED]



 Your use of Yahoo! Groups is subject to http://docs.yahoo.com/info/terms/






Fw: Library a closed book for some British schools

2001-07-16 Thread Michael Gurstein

Score one for Keith!

M
- Original Message -
From: radman [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Monday, July 16, 2001 11:35 AM
Subject: Library a closed book for some British schools


 Library a closed book for some British schools
 --
 Eleven British secondary schools have refused the gift of a
 £3,000 library of classic books written over the past
 three millennia because they are too difficult for
 their pupils. And Herodotus is boring. (07/13/01)
 http://education.guardian.co.uk/schools/story/0,5500,520391,00.html






Fw: [Parker-L] [PBD 7-15-01] Maybe seals caused the arsenic

2001-07-15 Thread Michael Gurstein

I offer this as a global response to Keith Hudson's commentary on private
accountability (bankrupt steel mills taken over by governments who then
become liable for their environmental clean-up), wait and see attitudes to
public environmental disasters, and completely spurious approach to handling
scientific information of broader policy interest, among others...

MG

- Original Message -
From: Parker Donham [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: List [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Sunday, July 15, 2001 5:27 AM
Subject: [Parker-L] [PBD 7-15-01] Maybe seals caused the arsenic


 15 July 2001
 Halifax Daily News
 Parker Barss Donham


 Let's not be hasty.

 Just because the Sydney Steel coke ovens dumped more than 700,000
 tonnes of arsenic-laden sludge into Sydney Harbour over the last 100
 years, there's no scientific proof this played any part in the unsafe
 levels of arsenic showing up in area children.

 Just because the steel plant and the coke ovens showered adjacent
 neighbourhoods with additional thousands of tonnes of cancer-causing
 chemicals every year for a century is no reason to think this has
 anything whatever to do with Sydney residents having the highest
 cancer rates in Canada.

 Just because toxic slag from the steel plant was used as fill for
 residential construction in surrounding neighbourhoods for decades is
 no cause for leaping to wild conclusions about possible ill-effects on
 public health.

 Just because federal and provincial health inspectors have checked
 residents for only two of the twenty-odd notorious carcinogens Sysco
 spewed into the air and groundwater for the last 100 years, and just
 because their tests come up positive only if exposure occurred within
 the last 72 hours, is no reason to suspect public health and safety
 are not uppermost in their minds.

 Just because inspectors didn't bother to test soil samples in
 Sydney's middle-class North End, far closer to the tar ponds than
 Whitney Pier, is no reason to think they were trying to confine the
 problem to the poor, marginalized neighbourhoods of the Pier.

 Just because the Nova Scotia Department of the Environment let
 Sobey's and its affiliate, Empire Theatres, build a supermarket and a
 theatre complex on filled-in sections of the tar ponds estuary doesn't
 mean they weren't being vigilant.

 People have been quick to ridicule Health Minister Jamie Muir for
 insisting dangerous levels of arsenic found in five Sydney children
 may have absolutely nothing to do with the tar ponds.

 Muir is a minister of the Crown. He has certain responsibilities. He
 can't go running off half-cocked the first time some radical
 environmentalist dreams up a cockamamie theory that the worst
 industrial waste site in Canada -- with 35 times more pollution than
 the Love Canal -- is harming the people living in its midst.

 Oh, sure. Bring out the pregnant mothers. Parade the tainted toddlers
 before the cameras. Go for the cheap shot. Tug on the heartstrings.

 As Muir was quite right to point out, some of the poisoned babies
 live more than a kilometre from the tar ponds. A kilometre! That's a
 thousand metres away -- almost a three-minute walk!

 Muir's government was elected on a solemn promise not to spend any
 money in Cape Breton. He can't start writing cheques, moving people
 hither and yon, the first time someone has a beef about yellow
 cancer-causing goo seeping into their basements from a civil service
 steel mill.

 What's he supposed to do? Move everyone in the whole Cape Breton
 Regional Municipality into Point Pleasant Park? Who's going to pay for
 that? Not those good-for-nothing steelworkers or coal miners, that's
 for sure.

 This province is practically bankrupt. The worst thing Muir could do
 would be to act precipitously and move families before he has all the
 facts about what's poisoning their babies.

 At this point, the popular notion that the coke ovens and the tar
 ponds are affecting public health is nothing more than a theory.
 Documents obtained under the Access to Inanity Act show Muir's
 department is actively exploring several other possibilities:

 -- B The Bruno Marcocchio-Mafia Connection N -- Investigators
 suspect Bruno Marcocchio may only be posing as a mild-mannered
 environmentalist truly concerned about pollution. He may actually be
 fronting for a Sicilian drug cartel anxious to gain control of the
 Sysco piers, whose heavy lift cranes would be ideal for importing
 tonnes of drugs into North America. RCMP labs are checking to see
 whether baby food in Sydney supermarkets was salted with arsenic to
 sow panic.

 -- B The Seal Theory N -- Federal authorities banned lobster
 fishing in Sydney Harbour 25 years ago. (They may be slow to protect
 babies, but when lobsters are threatened, bureaucrats act decisively.)
 Cod eat lobster larvae. Seals eat tonnes upon tonnes of cod, and they
 are known to defecate right in the water. Arsenic and other pollutants
 could be working their way up the food chain in 

Re: The balderdash thread

2001-07-11 Thread Michael Gurstein

Keith,
- Original Message -
From: Keith Hudson [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: Michael Gurstein [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Tuesday, July 10, 2001 11:49 PM
Subject: The balderdash thread


 Hi Michael,

 At 14:55 10/07/01 -0700, you wrote:
 (MG)

Utter bunk!

I think the argument might rather be that they are being scrutinized more
(actually I doubt even that unless you count for something the timid
fino-porno peeking under the market skirts of CNBC and the like ) because
they are less truly accountable--they are bigger, have more hacks and flacks
maintaining deniable perimeters, are smarter at managing
media/academic/politico reality, and more utterly unaccountable because we
now have a new religion where morality and greed have not simply become
compatible they are actually screwing noisily and messily in whatever public
happens to be left over from the retreat from the public good that passes
for the modern polis.

 Despite what you've written above, it is a fact of modern life that the
 corporation is investigated, exposed and pressured as never before. They
 are certainly becoming more democratically accountable in a wider rather
 than a narrower (vote-on-a-ballot paper every few years) sense.

You my friend are making the rather more elemental mistake of forgetting
that before we were consumers and I mean in an ontological rather than a
temporal  sense we were participants/beneficiaries/trust fund babies of the
public good--culture, education, decent health care, public order--in short
everything that makes civilized life possible and for which we are either
stewards or barbarians (at least Ian Angell doesn't call a spade a
turnip)

 On the contrary, you are making the mistake of categorising people as one
 thing or the other. I am not mixing up consumers/stakeholders with
 citizens. Modern life has already done that. Each of us is a voter, a
 consumer, a shareholder, a capitalist, a wage-slave, a (potential)
 pensioner, an investor, a speculator, and so on. The fact that citizens
are
 voting less than ever before (about 50% in our recent General election*)
 means that he regards his democratic rights (in the narrow sense) as
less
 important than his other roles.

So? My dog has fleas and my teenage daughter made a rude remark to me the
other day... I guess I could have put the one down and found what the market
of the other one was, but better judgement and the non-market ties of
loyalty and love kept me from doing so.

 *The turnout was less than any other election in the UK for a century. The
 % turnout in the Election after WWI was less but only because 1½ million
 soldiers (out of a much smaller electorate) were not allowed to vote.

 Keith H

MG






Re: Down with meritocracy

2001-07-06 Thread Michael Gurstein

As I recall the original Rise of the Meritocracy book--and its been 25 years
or so since I read it--(it did leave an impression)--it wasn't meant to be a
Sociological treatise. Rather it was more in the style of an extended
critical and somewhat ironic essay from what would now be characterized as
an 'Old Labour' perspective.

Michael Young and others (Raymond Williams, Richard Hoggarth, Peter
Willmott) were exploring the values of traditional English working class
culture (solidarity) as the basis for a critique of US style
individualism/liberalism.  I think that Tony Eagleton is the current
exemplar of this stream.

As I recall, Michael Young's major work was in Social Anthropology and
specifically exploring from a favorable (and romantic) anthropological
perspective traditional working communities in the urban UK of the 1950's.

Young wasn't arguing for a Meritocracy, rather he was arguing against it
from a Left Labour position.

Mike Gurstein


- Original Message -
From: Tom Walker [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: Keith Hudson [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Cc: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Thursday, July 05, 2001 12:50 PM
Subject: Re: Down with meritocracy


 At 03:36 PM 07/05/01 +0100, Keith Hudson wrote:

 In using meritocracy in its wider meaning (not the meaning that Michael
 Young says the system imposes), then we really do need more meritocracy
not
 less.

 Meritocracy is such a perfect word for satire precisely because it can
seem
 to mean both one thing and its opposite(s). The narrow definition would be
 Young's equation of IQ + effort = merit. The wider meaning could be the
 Chelsea Manifesto's inclusion of qualities other than intelligence and
 education -- their kindliness and their courage, their imagination and
 sensitivity, their sympathy and generosity . . .

 Or it could signify the next step after the initial, *inevitable*,
 blasphemous commutation of the formula. First intelligence and effort
 themselves become retroactively defined by meret (a much needed word I
 have backformed from meretricious). Eventually other qualities can be
 explicitly recognized and valued as part of the definition -- flexibility,
 cheerfulness, eagerness, ruthlessness, unquestioning conformity, cynicism,
 even unadulterated lust and greed. Isn't that the implication of go for
it
 -- the smug notion that the single-minded pursuit of personal gain is
itself
 a virtue? And why stop there when literally getting away with murder can
 also be meretocratically redeemed by remuneration (perhaps in stock
options)?

 Although one could historically identify impulses in its direction, there
 has never been and never will be a meritocracy in the narrow sense of the
 equation. Like chastity, meritocracy is most genuine when it is discreet.
 Too much talk about meritocracy takes us into the bordello advertising its
 virgins.

 On the other hand, pursuing the wider meaning as laid out in the Chelsea
 Manifesto cuts through to the superfluity of evaluating and rewarding
people
 on whatever supposed merit. Will we administer kindliness and sensitivity
 tests in school? To ask the question is to uncover its absurdity.

 Saying we need more meritocracy is, in effect, like saying we need more
 hypocrisy. We have enough of that already, thank you. What we need is not
 more meritocracy but more democracy and more equality.

 Tom Walker
 Bowen Island, BC
 604 947 2213






Re: Accountability

2001-07-06 Thread Michael Gurstein

Hmm...

I'm wondering where the accountability is for the senior execs who covered
up the Ford/Bridgestone efforts for a half dozen years, hundreds of lives
and thousands of injuries; or the accountability of the tobacco execs.; or
PGE (Erin Brockovitch); or the wonderful folks who brought Minimata disease
to Japan; or John Roth of Nortel who rather casually it seems destroyed the
pension hopes of half the Canadian population while making sure that his own
stock options were secure...

I've had my own irritations with Canadian (and other) public servants over
the years, but I'm trying to think of the numbers of the execs. from any of
those companies I mention above whose behaviour was as commendable as the
senior Ontario public servants who either resigned or put their careers on
the line in opposing 'E Colli' Harris' dissection of the commendable
traditions of Ontario public enterprise.

Mike Gurstein


- Original Message -
From: Keith Hudson [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Wednesday, July 04, 2001 11:33 PM
Subject: Accountability


 I've been desperately trying to get back to answering postings by Ed
Weick,
 Tom Walker and others of the past week or so but have been too busy.

 But there is one point I'll make separately here before pushing off to
 hospital for my daily X-ray session. This is about the accountability of
 those responsible for important services.

 Very briefly, here's the background. In the UK we have four severe crises
 -- the railways, foot-and-mouth disease, the National Health service, and
 State Education. All of them are either caused or exacerbated by
 incompetent management. The first is a (recently) privatised service, and
 the others are State run, each with large civil service departments.

 I won't go into details of any of these crises, save to say that
 public/consumer opinion is worked up about all these to a degree which I
 haven't observed before in the last 50 years of taking an interest in
these
 matters. Every day in the papers, radio and TV there is intense discussion
 of the deficiencies in each case.

 The big difference is in accountability.

 In the case of the railways, journalists and commentators regularly grill
 the managers of Railtrack (the master system which supplies the track
and
 signalling to the other regional operational companies) on matters of
 safety and bad timetabling. That is, it is those who are operationally
 responsible who are questioned. And they are questioned rigorously,
 sometimes mercilessly.

 In the case of the others, it is Ministers, Junior Ministers, and other
 Government spin doctors who are questioned. These people, of course, are
 not operationally responsible. To a lesser or greater degree they are
 constitutionally responsible but they have no clear idea of what the real
 management issues are. They are at least one remove from the system.* The
 people who really run these systems -- the senior civil servants -- are
 never questioned. They refuse to to speak publicly.

 In fact, refusal is too strong a term for this practice because it is
 never disputed. Quite simply, this has been the policy of the senior civil
 servants for over 100 years ever since the formation of the civil service
 as a unified power bloc. (Middle and junior administrative ranks don't
dare
 give their opinions in public, of course, because they have had to sign
 secrecy documents when appointed and can easily be dismissed.)

 That's all.  I will attempt to discuss this matter in a little more detail
 in replying to Ed Weick's message of 28 June (Re: Shorter Reply . . . )
 later today.

 Keith Hudson

 P.S. *Here's a little story that illustrates this. Twenty years ago, when
 my home town, Coventry, faced an employment/industrial crisis (which
 subsequently deepened and didn't start to lift for another 15 years) I put
 forward some ideas for a Coventry Investment Fund to the Council. I was
 actually invited to speak to the small, but important, policy-making
 committee of the Council. Although I received the support of Coventry's
 Chief Economist who also attended, I didn't get anywhere in persuading the
 Councillors to initiate such a Fund. (My proposal envisaged a Fund similar
 to the Boston Investment Fund, and would have involved the University of
 Warwick also.) (The latter actually started the first Science Park in
the
 country seome years later, very similar to part of what I was proposing.
 But I had no direct inputs to this, so I don;t take any credit. It was
more
 likely to have been an idea that was in the minds of many others besides
 myself.)

 However, one of Coventry's MPs, himself a past member of the Council, had
 also attended, and suggested that I should speak to senior civil servants
 at the Department of Industry. As he was Junior Minister at the
Department,
 this was an opportunity I couldn't resist, so he fixed up an appointment
 and a few weeks later I travelled to London and turned up at the House of
 

Fw: [toeslist] ILO Director-General targets decent work deficit

2001-06-23 Thread Michael Gurstein


- Original Message -
From: Michael Givel [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Wednesday, June 20, 2001 7:48 AM
Subject: [toeslist] ILO Director-General targets decent work deficit


 Subject: ILO Press Release 01-19: Decent Work Agenda

 Monday 11 June 2001
 For immediate release
 ILO/01/19

 ILO Director-General targets decent work deficit
  Calls on organization and  international community
 to integrate decent work agenda

  GENEVA (ILO News) * We need to make decent work a
 reality in our countries and embed this goal in the global
 economy, said the International Labour Office (ILO)
 Director-General Mr. Juan Somavia in a plenary address to the
 89th International Labour Conference, which is
 meeting in Geneva.

  For the last two decades, governments and international
 financial institutions have focussed on bringing down budget
 deficits: I think it is now time to focus with the same energy on
 bringing down the decent work deficit, Mr. Somavia insisted.

  He called upon tripartite delegates from the
 Organization's 175 member States to act as the catalysts to
 create an expanding global consciousness for decent work.

  To meet the challenge, the Director-General said that
 the ILO needs to project a clear and coherent message of what it
 is about today.

  Highlighting the need to increase awareness of social
 issues at the national and international level, he told the
 assembled delegates: To move forward we need to confront the
 widespread perception that we who address social issues are
 playing in the minor league of the global economy, while the hard
 ball actors in the world of commerce and finance occupy a
 superior sphere of policy.

  He said that perception is and should be subverted by
 the reaction of people all over the world and their perception of
 the failure to deal credibly with their social concerns and
 priorities in the age of globalization.

  Fundamental principles and rights at work and employment
 must be part of the agenda.  Insisting that what is decent is
 built on universal rights and principles, but reflects the
 circumstances in each country, Mr. Somavia pointed out, in that
 sense, there is a floor but there is no ceiling.  The threshold
 of decent work evolves as the possibilities and priorities of
 societies evolve.

  The decent work framework can be mapped onto a practical
 policy agenda, adapted to the concerns and circumstances of
 different countries by implementing such policies into the
 development agenda as:

 *   Promoting enterprise and employment alongside policies to
 defend basic rights at work;

 *   Strengthening the social partners and reinforcing their
 dialogue around the decent work goals;

 *   Formulating policies to extend the reach of social
 protection systems and promote gender equality.

  He highlighted the need for a common approach in the
 international system, which encompasses our decent work goals and
 avoids situations in which member States receive different and
 contradictory advice from different international organizations,
 amounting to policy schizophrenia.

  Underscoring that it was essential that the
 international system stops acting as if it were a series of
 unconnected islands, and begins to put together the type of
 integrated responses required by the interrelated
 challenges of the global economy.

  He promised that these issues will be taken up in next
 week's meeting of the ILO Governing Body's Working Party on the
 Social Dimension of Globalization.  He stressed recent efforts
 to raise the Organization's profile and exert more influence,
 adding We must have the will to make a difference to the path of
 globalization.  We must contribute to fair rules of the game and
 level playing field for both people and countries.

  Encouraging the ILO's tripartite constituency to agree
 that it should take on a significant role in tracing social road
 maps for the global economy, he encouraged it to forge a strong
 tripartite alliance
 that is open to the world.

  He concluded that the goals of the ILO Constitution go
 far beyond the Organization's immediate areas of influence:
 Employment and security depend on wider economic policies * so
 dialogue and cooperation with Finance, Trade and other Ministries
 at the national level, and with multilateral organizations
 internationally, is absolutely essential.

 
 Stuart M. Basefsky  *
 Information Specialist  *
 CORNELL UNIVERSITY  *
 New York State School of*
 Industrial  Labor Relations*
 420 Ives Hall   *
 Ithaca, NY 14853-3901   *
  *
 Telephone: (607) 255-2703   *
 Facsimile: (607) 255-9641   *
 E-Mail: [EMAIL PROTECTED] 

Fw: [toeslist] ILO Director-General targets decent work deficit

2001-06-23 Thread Michael Gurstein


- Original Message -
From: Michael Givel [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Wednesday, June 20, 2001 7:48 AM
Subject: [toeslist] ILO Director-General targets decent work deficit


 Subject: ILO Press Release 01-19: Decent Work Agenda

 Monday 11 June 2001
 For immediate release
 ILO/01/19

 ILO Director-General targets decent work deficit
  Calls on organization and  international community
 to integrate decent work agenda

  GENEVA (ILO News) * We need to make decent work a
 reality in our countries and embed this goal in the global
 economy, said the International Labour Office (ILO)
 Director-General Mr. Juan Somavia in a plenary address to the
 89th International Labour Conference, which is
 meeting in Geneva.

  For the last two decades, governments and international
 financial institutions have focussed on bringing down budget
 deficits: I think it is now time to focus with the same energy on
 bringing down the decent work deficit, Mr. Somavia insisted.

  He called upon tripartite delegates from the
 Organization's 175 member States to act as the catalysts to
 create an expanding global consciousness for decent work.

  To meet the challenge, the Director-General said that
 the ILO needs to project a clear and coherent message of what it
 is about today.

  Highlighting the need to increase awareness of social
 issues at the national and international level, he told the
 assembled delegates: To move forward we need to confront the
 widespread perception that we who address social issues are
 playing in the minor league of the global economy, while the hard
 ball actors in the world of commerce and finance occupy a
 superior sphere of policy.

  He said that perception is and should be subverted by
 the reaction of people all over the world and their perception of
 the failure to deal credibly with their social concerns and
 priorities in the age of globalization.

  Fundamental principles and rights at work and employment
 must be part of the agenda.  Insisting that what is decent is
 built on universal rights and principles, but reflects the
 circumstances in each country, Mr. Somavia pointed out, in that
 sense, there is a floor but there is no ceiling.  The threshold
 of decent work evolves as the possibilities and priorities of
 societies evolve.

  The decent work framework can be mapped onto a practical
 policy agenda, adapted to the concerns and circumstances of
 different countries by implementing such policies into the
 development agenda as:

 *   Promoting enterprise and employment alongside policies to
 defend basic rights at work;

 *   Strengthening the social partners and reinforcing their
 dialogue around the decent work goals;

 *   Formulating policies to extend the reach of social
 protection systems and promote gender equality.

  He highlighted the need for a common approach in the
 international system, which encompasses our decent work goals and
 avoids situations in which member States receive different and
 contradictory advice from different international organizations,
 amounting to policy schizophrenia.

  Underscoring that it was essential that the
 international system stops acting as if it were a series of
 unconnected islands, and begins to put together the type of
 integrated responses required by the interrelated
 challenges of the global economy.

  He promised that these issues will be taken up in next
 week's meeting of the ILO Governing Body's Working Party on the
 Social Dimension of Globalization.  He stressed recent efforts
 to raise the Organization's profile and exert more influence,
 adding We must have the will to make a difference to the path of
 globalization.  We must contribute to fair rules of the game and
 level playing field for both people and countries.

  Encouraging the ILO's tripartite constituency to agree
 that it should take on a significant role in tracing social road
 maps for the global economy, he encouraged it to forge a strong
 tripartite alliance
 that is open to the world.

  He concluded that the goals of the ILO Constitution go
 far beyond the Organization's immediate areas of influence:
 Employment and security depend on wider economic policies * so
 dialogue and cooperation with Finance, Trade and other Ministries
 at the national level, and with multilateral organizations
 internationally, is absolutely essential.

 
 Stuart M. Basefsky  *
 Information Specialist  *
 CORNELL UNIVERSITY  *
 New York State School of*
 Industrial  Labor Relations*
 420 Ives Hall   *
 Ithaca, NY 14853-3901   *
  *
 Telephone: (607) 255-2703   *
 Facsimile: (607) 255-9641   *
 E-Mail: [EMAIL PROTECTED] 

Re: Fw: Kuttner on Ireland

2000-07-05 Thread Michael Gurstein

Apart from all the carping about the amount of subsidy and so on that
Ireland received, the interesting thing is that it seems to have worked.  In
Canada, billions have been poured into lagging regions (Atlantic Canada for
one) with almost nothing to show for it except a bit of over-development in
a couple of cities and massive depopulation and increasing enmiseration
everywhere else.

If anything, Ireland started out in worse shape than for example, Cape
Breton or Newfoundland in the 1960's and through some very judicious
investments, tax regimes, procurement policies and a bit of luck were able
to achieve some sort of sustainable take-off in the sectors that matter.

As I understand it, they started off with some smart and dedicated folks, a
plan, the legislative capacity to implement the plan (initially on a fairly
small
regional basis) and some sort of mechanism to keep the politicians from
making another set of self-serving featherbeds out of the whole operation.
Just compare that to the fiasco in Canada that has been the history of
regional development over the last 50 years or so and the most recent and
heart breaking travesties of the various funding programs meant to help
transition
the region into some sort of alternative economy where the fishing, mining
etc.etc. economies had collapsed.

 One only has to compare the sense of optimism and hope beaming out of
Ireland with the economic despair and hopelessness which is the unfortunate
lot of most Atlantic Canadians apart from the politically favoured few.  I
guess
for me, the amount of the subsidy doesn't matter that much... if, as in this
case it was put to some intelligent and effective use other than further
enriching the powerful and the politically connected and their friends.

If anyone is interested in pursuing this a bit further, Collective Press of
Vancouver has just published my book, Burying Coal:  An Experiment in
Research Using Information and
Communications Technology for Local Economic Development.

From the back cover "Burying Coal is a chronicle of the C\CEN project
spanning a two year period.  It is also a commentary on the dilemmas and
difficulties of development with a particular focus on skilled,
technical-job-development regions such as Cape Breton.  In this Burying Coal
has lessons of broader interest to other regions experiencing economic
decline. The insightful narrative provides lessons for the direction of
public policy in support of regional development and social opportunity in
Knowledge-Based and Technologically-Enabled Society." Price $20 CDN +
shipping.

For ordering instructions email [EMAIL PROTECTED]

regs

MG




 - Original Message -
 From: Christoph Reuss [EMAIL PROTECTED]
 To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]; Michael Gurstein [EMAIL PROTECTED]
 Sent: Tuesday, July 04, 2000 5:23 PM
 Subject: Re: Fw: Kuttner on Ireland


  BusinessWeek Online wrote:
   A libertarian can assert
   that government just got out of the way over the past three decades
   and let the free market rip; the miracle followed.
^^^
  This is quite an exaggeration (unless "rip"="rest in peace"),
considering
  that Ireland is by far the largest net recipient of EU state subsidies
  (per capita; except tiny Lux.):
 
  Luxembourg  1660  $/capita  [in 1997]
  Ireland  770
  Greece   404
  Portugal 262
  Belgium  170
  Spain140
  Denmark   19
  Finland0.3
 
  It can almost be called "basic income" ;-)
 
  Chris
 
 






Fw: Kuttner on Ireland

2000-07-04 Thread Michael Gurstein

   BUSINESSWEEK ONLINE : JULY 10, 2000 ISSUE
 
 
 ECONOMIC VIEWPOINT
 Ireland's Miracle: The Market Didn't Do It Alone
 
 ROBERT KUTTNER
 
 The Celtic Tiger, as Ireland now likes to call itself, is currently 
 the economic champion of the European Union. Three decades ago, it 
 was a sleepy, impoverished, protectionist country with little 
 prospect for growth.
 
 Today, thanks to a six-year growth rate averaging 7% per annum, Irish 
 unemployment has dropped from 16% to 4% in a decade. Ireland, whose 
 longtime prime export was its sons, is experiencing net inward 
 immigration. Its per-capita income now surpasses Britain's and by 
 2002 will exceed the EU average. Almost overnight, Ireland has become 
 a First World nation--albeit with Third World roads and a retro 
 cuisine which, despite improvements, is still too reliant on potatoes 
 and cabbage.
 
 The Irish economic metamorphosis was recently debated at a conference 
 in Galway sponsored by the John Templeton Foundation. The 
 foundation's Freedom Project explores the connections among 
 laissez-faire economics, political liberty, economic growth, and 
 other social goods such as civility, culture, and equality.
 
 Ireland offers a wonderful Rorschach test. A libertarian can assert 
 that government just got out of the way over the past three decades 
 and let the free market rip; the miracle followed. A mixed-economy 
 type can credit farsighted public-development policies. Here are the 
 facts; you be the judge.
 
 Prior to the 1960s, the Irish Republic, which wrested its 
 independence from Britain only in 1922, was turned inward. 
 Nationalists emphasized the reclamation of Irish heritage and 
 sheltered the economy. Not unlike the early American patriots, Prime 
 Minister Eamon De Valera believed that limiting British economic 
 influence would allow both national culture and domestic industry to 
 flourish.
 
 A TURN OUTWARD. But these policies produced economic stagnation 
 rather than growth. In the 1960s, a new government shifted the 
 emphasis to a massive investment in Ireland's young workforce and a 
 turning outward. Three major policy initiatives ensued.
 First, beginning in 1968, the government sponsored a commitment to a 
 world-class education system, beginning with universal secondary 
 schooling, then community colleges and improved technical training. 
 Today, Ireland ranks second among advanced countries in the share of 
 national income devoted to public education.
 
 Second, Ireland began welcoming foreign capital investment. It cut 
 tariffs, offered corporations the most generous tax concessions in 
 Europe, and joined the European Union and monetary system. Third, it 
 pursued policies of social partnership with its trade unions, 
 rewarding wage restraint.
 
 It took a quarter-century for these strategies to bear fruit. As 
 recently as the late 1980s, Ireland was still stuck in an economic 
 rut. But with the 1990s came a stunning virtuous circle. Ireland's 
 well-educated workforce today offers multinational businesses perhaps 
 Europe's best ratio of skills to wages. Coupled with its tax 
 concessions and its English language, these attractions drew such 
 U.S. technology companies as Intel, Dell Computer, Microsoft, Digital 
 Equipment, and a slew of biotech and chemical outfits.
 
 SOFTWARE ACE. Ireland has become a leading base for exports to 
 Europe. According to Edward Walsh, former chancellor of the 
 University of Limerick, 60% of packaged software sold on the 
 Continent is made in Ireland.
 
 Membership in the EU and its monetary system cut Ireland loose from 
 Britain's pound and restrictive monetary policies. Membership also 
 brought EU regional economic-development funds, which peaked at a 
 remarkable 6% of Irish gross domestic product. All over Ireland, you 
 see infrastructure improvements financed under the banner of the EU's 
 royal blue, star-studded flag. With European Monetary Union and 
 macroeconomic convergence, Irish interest rates dropped to 
 near-German levels, providing yet another shot in the arm.
 
 So what did the trick, laissez-faire economics or creative 
 statecraft? Clearly, economic opening, foreign capital, and tax 
 breaks helped. Score one for laissez-faire. But so did massive 
 investment in education and public infrastructure. Score one for 
 social outlay.
 The multiple benefits of EU membership also support both sides of the 
 argument. On the one hand, the EU is a free-trade area. On the other, 
 it tends to a more interventionist style of governance than anything 
 commended by American libertarians. To be sure, Ireland's very low 
 corporate taxes gave it an artificial competitive advantage in 
 attracting foreign capital--but by definition, not every nation can 
 win this game.
 
 My conclusion: Free markets surely invite economic dynamism--but 
 markets also rest on a foundation of social investment and inventive 
 governance. Long-suffering Ireland's new problems are 

Fw: nettime Gamblers in the casino capitalism

2000-05-28 Thread Michael Gurstein


- Original Message -
From: Felix Stalder [EMAIL PROTECTED]
To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Sent: Sunday, May 28, 2000 7:56 AM
Subject: nettime Gamblers in the casino capitalism


 [[From an email exchange between David Mandl, Dough Henwood, Ted Byfield,
 David Hudson and myself in preparation of the Tulipomania conference
 http://www.balie.nl/tulipomania/. Felix]]


 The following is an excerpt from Herb Greenberg's column on TheStreet.com
 yesterday. I've seen several letters like this on that site alone in the
 past few days. Not to make light of this poor guy's suffering, but I was
 wondering when we'd start seeing stories like this. I'm sure there are
 many more. Sad.

 -

 Which brings us to some guy named Martin, who posted: "I'm writing with a
 heavy heart and tears in my eyes. I have worked hard all of my life,
 always trying to do the right thing for my family, friends and the world
 in general. I have never taken advantage of another person in any way. I
 have scrimped and saved over the years as I did not have the luxury of a
 company pension or retirement plan. When I became aware of CYBR and the
 EHC, I did voluminous amounts of research and only after I was totally
 convinced, I started buying. I admit that I probably got caught up in all
 of the good repartee being bantered about the boards and violated some of
 my own basic rules of investing, but I really believed and in fact, still
 do.

 "I have literally lost everything I have worked for my entire lifetime. A
 woman whose husband bought into CYBR on my recommendation called me this
 morning in tears as she thinks her husband is going to kill himself, as he
 did what I have done. We are both 62 years old and cannot recover from
 this. I called their son and told him to get over there. This is one of
 the most decent human beings you could ever hope to know. His life is
 ruined now. They are both sick and have less chance than I do of
 recovering from this. ...

 "I did make a giant mistake by buying on margin. I have had to liquidate
 shares several times for margin calls and thought that the nightmare was
 finally over. Then this week happened. I am now so far in the hole that
 even if I liquidate totally, I still owe! Now that's incredible and shows
 the dangers of margin. I have until tomorrow and I don't know what to do,
 other than hope for a miracle."


 --][--

 The following is an excerpt from Herb Greenberg's column on
 TheStreet.com yesterday. I've seen several letters like this on that
 site alone in the past few days. Not to make light of this poor guy's
 suffering, but I was wondering when we'd start seeing stories like
 this. I'm sure there are many more. Sad.

 It is sad, but you've got to wonder what people were thinking when they
 bought these turkeys. Well one thing they were thinking is: 30% annual
 returns! The Next Microsoft! Sure there were, are, and always will be a
 lot of carnival barkers hawking crappy stocks, but the buyers are often
 not wholly innocent, except maybe in retrospect.

 My friend Gregg Wirth, who used to cover stock scams for TheStreet.com,
 interviewed lots of people who fell for pump  dump schemes. He asked them
 why they bought the financial equivalent of vaporware. They repeatedly
 said, "Because the broker said they were going to triple!" Sorry to be so
 hard-hearted, but at least some people should know better.


 --][--


 Totally agree, Doug, and I think most people on this list are aware of my
 "fuck 'em all" attitude to New Economy greedbags. I'd be lying if I said I
 wasn't looking forward to this Big Correction. And I agree that lots of
 people who were drooling over 300%-returns-at-any-cost will now try to
 rewrite history and portray themselves as wittle innocents.

 But, I don't know, I think there are SOME number of people who were
 basically trying to jump on the bandwagon and not be left behind, just
 thinking that hunting for the Big Hot Stock is what you need to do to make
 money nowadays (true, to a certain degree--a bank CD ain't gonna cut it
 anymore). The problem is figuring out who they were. Not easy.

 I'll tell you one thing: I have zero tolerance for people who sue their
 brokers, claiming that they hadn't been told about the risks. There've
 been a bunch of these, and I bet there'll be many more now. I'm sure most
 of these people are full of shit, and I have about as much sympathy for
 them as I have for the people who sue lumber yards for not warning them
 not to eat sawdust.

 --][--


 But, I don't know, I think there are SOME number of people who were
 basically trying to jump on the bandwagon and not be left behind, just
 thinking that hunting for the Big Hot Stock is what you need to do to
 make money nowadays (true, to a certain degree--a bank CD ain't gonna
 cut it anymore).

 Here's where I reveal my bleeding heart a bit and say, yes, I sympathize
 with *some* of these people. My father, in